Document:

EX-10.8

 Exhibit 10.8 

 

ARITA ENERGY, INC. 

2020 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN 

ARTICLE I. 
 PURPOSE

 The Plan’s purpose is to enhance the Company’s ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who make (or are expected to
make) important contributions to the Company by providing these individuals with equity ownership opportunities. Capitalized terms used in the Plan are defined in Article XI. 

ARTICLE II. 
 ELIGIBILITY

 Service Providers are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan, subject to the limitations described herein. 

ARTICLE III. 

ADMINISTRATION AND DELEGATION 

3.1    Administration. The Plan is administered by the Administrator. The Administrator has authority to determine
which Service Providers receive Awards, grant Awards and set Award terms and conditions, subject to the conditions and limitations in the Plan. The Administrator also has the authority to take all actions and make all determinations under the Plan,
to interpret the Plan and Award Agreements and to adopt, amend and repeal Plan administrative rules, guidelines and practices as it deems advisable. The Administrator may correct defects and ambiguities, supply omissions and reconcile
inconsistencies in the Plan or any Award or Award Agreement as it deems necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and any Awards. The Administrator’s determinations under the Plan are in its sole discretion and will be final and binding
on all persons having or claiming any interest in the Plan or any Award. 
 3.2    Appointment of Committees. To
the extent that Applicable Laws permit, the Board may delegate any or all of its powers under the Plan to one or more Committees. The Board may abolish any Committee or re-vest in itself any previously
delegated authority at any time. 
 ARTICLE IV. 

STOCK AVAILABLE FOR AWARDS 

4.1    Number of Shares. Subject to adjustment under Article VIII and the terms of this Article IV, the
aggregate number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to the Awards under the Plan is the Overall Share Limit. Shares issued under the Plan may consist of authorized but unissued Shares, Shares purchased on the open market or treasury Shares. 

4.2    Share Recycling. If all or any part of an Award expires, lapses or is terminated, exchanged for cash,
surrendered, repurchased, canceled without having been fully exercised or forfeited, in any case, in a manner that results in the Company acquiring Shares covered by the Award at a price not greater than the price (as adjusted to reflect any Equity
Restructuring) paid by the Participant for such Shares or not issuing any Shares covered by the Award, the unused Shares covered by the Award will, as applicable, become or again be available for Award grants under the Plan. Further, Shares
delivered (either by actual delivery or attestation) to the Company by a Participant to satisfy the applicable exercise or purchase price of an Award and/or to satisfy any applicable tax withholding obligation (including Shares retained by the

 
Company from the Award being exercised or purchased and/or creating the tax obligation) will, as applicable, become or again be available for Award grants under the Plan. The payment of Dividend
Equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding Awards shall not count against the Overall Share Limit. 

4.3    Incentive Stock Option Limitations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no more than the
Overall Share Limit may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options. 
 4.4    Substitute
Awards. In connection with an entity’s merger or consolidation with the Company or the Company’s acquisition of an entity’s property or stock, the Administrator may grant Awards in substitution for any options or other stock or
stock-based awards granted before such merger or consolidation by such entity or its Affiliate. Substitute Awards may be granted on such terms as the Administrator deems appropriate, notwithstanding limitations on Awards in the Plan. Substitute
Awards will not count against the Overall Share Limit (nor shall Shares subject to a Substitute Award be added to the Shares available for Awards under the Plan as provided above), except that Shares acquired by exercise of substitute Incentive
Stock Options will count against the maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which
the Company or any Subsidiary combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for
grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination
to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan (and Shares
subject to such Awards shall not be added to the Shares available for Awards under the Plan as provided above); provided that Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms
of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall be made only to individuals who were not Employees or Directors prior to such acquisition or combination. 

4.5    Non-Employee Director Compensation. Notwithstanding any provision to
the contrary in the Plan, the Administrator may establish compensation for non-employee Directors from time to time, subject to the limitations herein. The Administrator will from time to time determine the
terms, conditions and amounts of all such non-employee Director compensation in its discretion and pursuant to the exercise of its business judgment, taking into account such factors, circumstances and
considerations as it shall deem relevant from time to time, provided that the sum of any cash compensation, or other compensation, and the value (determined as of the grant date in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting
Standards Codification Topic 718, or any successor thereto) of Awards granted to a non-employee Director as compensation for services as a non-employee Director during
any fiscal year of the Company may not exceed $400,000. The Administrator may make exceptions to this limit for individual non-employee Directors in extraordinary circumstances, as the Administrator may
determine in its discretion, provided that the non-employee Director receiving such additional compensation may not participate in the decision to award such compensation or in other contemporaneous
compensation decisions involving non-employee Directors. 
 ARTICLE V. 

STOCK OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS 

5.1    General. The Administrator may grant Options or Stock Appreciation Rights to Service Providers subject to
the limitations in the Plan, including any limitations in the Plan that apply to Incentive Stock Options. The Administrator will determine the number of Shares covered by each Option and Stock Appreciation Right, the exercise price of each Option
and Stock Appreciation Right and the conditions and 

  
 2 

 
limitations applicable to the exercise of each Option and Stock Appreciation Right. A Stock Appreciation Right will entitle the Participant (or other person entitled to exercise the Stock
Appreciation Right) to receive from the Company upon exercise of the exercisable portion of the Stock Appreciation Right an amount determined by multiplying the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of exercise over the
exercise price per Share of the Stock Appreciation Right by the number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised, subject to any limitations of the Plan or that the Administrator may impose and payable in cash, Shares
valued at Fair Market Value or a combination of the two as the Administrator may determine or provide in the Award Agreement. 

5.2    Exercise Price. The Administrator will establish each Option’s and Stock Appreciation Right’s
exercise price and specify the exercise price in the Award Agreement. The exercise price will not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the grant date of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right. 

5.3    Duration. Each Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable at such times and as specified in the
Award Agreement; provided, that the term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right will not exceed ten years. Notwithstanding the foregoing and unless determined otherwise by the Company, in the event that on the last business day of the term of an
Option or Stock Appreciation Right (other than an Incentive Stock Option) (i) the exercise of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right is prohibited by Applicable Law, as determined by the Company, or (ii) Shares may not be purchased or sold
by the applicable Participant due to any Company insider trading policy (including blackout periods) or a “lock-up” agreement undertaken in connection with an issuance of securities by the Company,
the term of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall be extended until the date that is thirty (30) days after the end of the legal prohibition, black-out period or
lock-up agreement, as determined by the Company; provided, however, in no event shall the extension last beyond the ten year term of the applicable Option or Stock Appreciation Right. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if the Participant, prior to the end of the term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right, violates the non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality or
other similar restrictive covenant provisions of any employment contract, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the right of the Participant and the
Participant’s transferees to exercise any Option or Stock Appreciation Right issued to the Participant shall terminate immediately upon such violation, unless the Company determines otherwise. In addition, if, prior to the end of the term of an
Option or Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant is given notice by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of the Participant’s Termination of Service by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for Cause, and the effective date of such
Termination of Service is subsequent to the date of the delivery of such notice, the right of the Participant and the Participant’s transferees to exercise any Option or Stock Appreciation Right issued to the Participant shall be suspended from
the time of the delivery of such notice until the earlier of (i) such time as it is determined or otherwise agreed that the Participant’s service as a Service Provider will not be terminated for Cause as provided in such notice or
(ii) the effective date of the Participant’s Termination of Service by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for Cause (in which case the right of the Participant and the Participant’s transferees to exercise any Option or Stock
Appreciation Right issued to the Participant will terminate immediately upon the effective date of such Termination of Service). 

5.4    Exercise. Options and Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised by delivering to the Company a written
notice of exercise, in a form the Administrator approves (which may be electronic), signed by the person authorized to exercise the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, together with, as applicable, payment in full (i) as specified in
Section 5.5 for the number of Shares for which the Award is exercised and (ii) as specified in Section 9.5 for any applicable taxes. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise , an Option or Stock Appreciation Right may not be
exercised for a fraction of a Share. 
 5.5    Payment Upon Exercise. Subject to Section 10.8, any Company
insider trading policy (including blackout periods) and Applicable Laws, the exercise price of an Option must be paid by: 

(a)    cash, wire transfer of immediately available funds or by check payable to the order of the Company, provided that
the Company may limit the use of one of the foregoing payment forms if one or more of the payment forms below is permitted; 

  
 3 

 (b)    if there is a public market for Shares at the time of exercise,
unless the Company determines otherwise, (A) delivery (including electronically or telephonically to the extent permitted by the Company) of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly
to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price, or (B) the Participant’s delivery to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company
cash or a check sufficient to pay the exercise price; provided that such amount is paid to the Company at such time as may be required by the Administrator; 

(c)    to the extent permitted by the Administrator, delivery (either by actual delivery or attestation) of Shares owned
by the Participant valued at their Fair Market Value; 
 (d)    to the extent permitted by the Administrator,
surrendering Shares then issuable upon the Option’s exercise valued at their Fair Market Value on the exercise date; 

(e)    to the extent permitted by the Administrator, delivery of a promissory note or any other property that the
Administrator determines is good and valuable consideration; or 
 (f)    to the extent permitted by the Company, any
combination of the above payment forms approved by the Administrator. 
 ARTICLE VI. 

RESTRICTED STOCK; RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS 

6.1    General. The Administrator may grant Restricted Stock, or the right to purchase Restricted Stock, to any
Service Provider, subject to the Company’s right to repurchase all or part of such shares at their issue price or other stated or formula price from the Participant (or to require forfeiture of such shares) if the conditions that the
Administrator specifies in the Award Agreement are not satisfied before the end of the applicable restriction period or periods that the Administrator establishes for such Award. In addition, the Administrator may grant to Service Providers
Restricted Stock Units, which may be subject to vesting and forfeiture conditions during the applicable restriction period or periods, as set forth in an Award Agreement. The Administrator will determine and set forth in the Award Agreement the
terms and conditions for each Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Award, subject to the conditions and limitations contained in the Plan. 

6.2    Restricted Stock. 

(a)    Dividends. Participants holding shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to all ordinary cash dividends
paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise in the Award Agreement. In addition, unless the Administrator provides otherwise, if any dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, or consist of a dividend or
distribution to holders of Common Stock of property other than an ordinary cash dividend, the Shares or other property will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the shares of Restricted Stock with respect to
which they were paid. 

  
 4 

 (b)    Stock Certificates. The Company may require that the
Participant deposit in escrow with the Company (or its designee) any stock certificates issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock, together with a stock power endorsed in blank. 

6.3    Restricted Stock Units. 

(a)    Settlement. When a Restricted Stock Unit vests, the Participant will be entitled to receive from the Company
one Share, an amount of cash or other property equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share on the settlement date or a combination of both, as the Administrator determines and as provided in the Award Agreement. The Administrator may provide that
settlement of Restricted Stock Units will occur upon or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Restricted Stock Units vest or will instead be deferred, on a mandatory basis or at the Participant’s election, in a manner intended to comply
with Section 409A. 
 (b)    Stockholder Rights. A Participant will have no rights of a stockholder with
respect to Shares subject to any Restricted Stock Unit unless and until the Shares are delivered in settlement of the Restricted Stock Unit. 

(c)    Dividend Equivalents. If the Administrator provides, a grant of Restricted Stock Units may provide a
Participant with the right to receive Dividend Equivalents. Dividend Equivalents may be paid currently or credited to an account for the Participant, settled in cash or Shares and subject to the same restrictions on transferability and
forfeitability as the Restricted Stock Units with respect to which the Dividend Equivalents are granted and subject to other terms and conditions as set forth in the Award Agreement. 

ARTICLE VII. 
 OTHER
STOCK OR CASH BASED AWARDS 
 Other Stock or Cash Based Awards may be granted to Participants, including Awards entitling Participants
to receive Shares to be delivered in the future and including annual or other periodic or long-term cash bonus awards (whether based on specified Performance Criteria or otherwise), in each case subject to any conditions and limitations in the Plan.
Such Other Stock or Cash Based Awards will also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other Awards, as standalone payments and as payment in lieu of compensation to which a Participant is otherwise entitled. Other Stock or Cash Based
Awards may be paid in Shares, cash or other property, as the Administrator determines. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of each Other Stock or Cash Based Award, including any purchase
price, performance goal (which may be based on the Performance Criteria), transfer restrictions, and vesting conditions, which will be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. 

ARTICLE VIII. 

ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK 

AND CERTAIN OTHER EVENTS 

8.1    Equity Restructuring. In connection with any Equity Restructuring, notwithstanding anything to the contrary
in this Article VIII, the Administrator will equitably adjust each outstanding Award as it deems appropriate to reflect the Equity Restructuring, which may include adjusting the number and type of securities subject to each outstanding Award
and/or the Award’s exercise price or grant price (if applicable), granting new Awards to Participants, and making a cash payment to Participants. The adjustments provided under this Section 8.1 will be nondiscretionary and final and
binding on the affected Participant and the Company; provided that the Administrator will determine whether an adjustment is equitable. 

  
 5 

 8.2    Corporate Transactions. In the event of any dividend or
other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, amalgamation, repurchase, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or sale, transfer,
exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or sale or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, Change in Control, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock or other
securities of the Company, other similar corporate transaction or event, other unusual or nonrecurring transaction or event affecting the Company or its financial statements or any change in any Applicable Laws or accounting principles, the
Administrator, on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Award or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event (except that action to give effect to a change in Applicable Law or
accounting principles may be made within a reasonable period of time after such change) and either automatically or upon the Participant’s request, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator
determines that such action is appropriate in order to (x) prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the Company to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Award granted or issued under
the Plan, (y) to facilitate such transaction or event or (z) give effect to such changes in Applicable Laws or accounting principles: 

(a)    To provide for the cancellation of any such Award in exchange for either an amount of cash or other property with a
value equal to the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise or settlement of the vested portion of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights under the vested portion of such Award, as applicable; provided that, if the
amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise or settlement of the vested portion of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, in any case, is equal to or less than zero, then the Award may be terminated without payment;

 (b)    To provide that such Award shall vest and, to the extent applicable, be exercisable as to all shares covered
thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the provisions of such Award; 
 (c)    To provide that
such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate
adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and/or applicable exercise or purchase price, in all cases, as determined by the Administrator; 

(d)    To make adjustments in the number and type of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to
outstanding Awards and/or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Article IV hereof on the maximum number and kind of shares which may be issued) and/or in the
terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included in, outstanding Awards; 

(e)    To replace such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator; and/or 

(f)    To provide that the Award will terminate and cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after the applicable
event. 
 8.3    Effect of Non-Assumption in a Change in Control.
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.2, if a Change in Control occurs and a Participant’s Awards are not continued, converted, 

  
 6 

 
assumed, or replaced with a substantially similar award by (a) the Company, or (b) a successor entity or its parent or subsidiary (an “Assumption”), and provided
that the Participant has not had a Termination of Service, then, immediately prior to the Change in Control, such Awards may become fully vested, exercisable and/or payable, as applicable, and all forfeiture, repurchase and other restrictions on
such Awards shall lapse, in which case, such Awards shall be canceled upon the consummation of the Change in Control in exchange for the right to receive the Change in Control consideration payable to other holders of Common Stock (i) which may
be on such terms and conditions as apply generally to holders of Common Stock under the Change in Control documents (including, without limitation, any escrow, earn-out or other deferred consideration
provisions) or such other terms and conditions as the Administrator may provide, and (ii) determined by reference to the number of shares subject to such Awards and net of any applicable exercise price; provided that to the extent that any
Awards constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” that may not be paid upon the Change in Control under Section 409A without the imposition of taxes thereon under Section 409A, the timing of such payments shall be governed
by the applicable Award Agreement (subject to any deferred consideration provisions applicable under the Change in Control documents); and provided, further, that if the amount to which a Participant would be entitled upon the settlement or exercise
of such Award at the time of the Change in Control is equal to or less than zero, then such Award may be terminated without payment. The Administrator shall determine whether an Assumption of an Award has occurred in connection with a Change in
Control. 
 8.4    Administrative Stand-Still. In the event of any pending stock dividend, stock split,
combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other extraordinary transaction or change affecting the Shares or the share price of Common
Stock, including any Equity Restructuring or any securities offering or other similar transaction, for administrative convenience, the Administrator may refuse to permit the exercise of any Award for up to sixty days before or after such
transaction. 
 8.5    General. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or the Administrator’s action under
the Plan, no Participant will have any rights due to any subdivision or consolidation of Shares of any class, dividend payment, increase or decrease in the number of Shares of any class or dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the
Company or other corporation. Except as expressly provided with respect to an Equity Restructuring under Section 8.1 or the Administrator’s action under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of Shares of any class, or securities convertible
into Shares of any class, will affect, and no adjustment will be made regarding, the number of Shares subject to an Award or the Award’s grant or exercise price. The existence of the Plan, any Award Agreements and the Awards granted hereunder
will not affect or restrict in any way the Company’s right or power to make or authorize (i) any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, (ii) any merger,
consolidation dissolution or liquidation of the Company or sale of Company assets or (iii) any sale or issuance of securities, including securities with rights superior to those of the Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for
Shares. The Administrator may treat Participants and Awards (or portions thereof) differently under this Article VIII. 
 ARTICLE IX.

 GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS 

9.1    Transferability. Except as the Administrator may determine or provide in an Award Agreement or otherwise for
Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, Awards may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or, subject to the
Administrator’s consent, pursuant to a domestic relations order, and, during the life of the Participant, will be exercisable only by the Participant. Any attempted sale, assignment, transfer, pledge, encumbrances or other disposition of an
Award (or right or interest therein) that is not specifically permitted in accordance with this Section 9.1 shall be null and void ab initio and shall have no force or effect. References to a Participant, to the extent relevant in the
context, will include references to a Participant’s authorized transferee that the Administrator specifically approves. 

  
 7 

 9.2    Documentation. Each Award will be evidenced in an Award
Agreement, which may be written or electronic, as the Administrator determines. Each Award may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan. 

9.3    Discretion. Except as the Plan otherwise provides, each Award may be made alone or in addition or in
relation to any other Award. The terms of each Award to a Participant need not be identical, and the Administrator need not treat Participants or Awards (or portions thereof) uniformly. 

9.4    Termination of Status. The Administrator will determine how the disability, death, retirement, authorized
leave of absence or any other change or purported change in a Participant’s Service Provider status affects an Award and the extent to which, and the period during which, the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative,
conservator, guardian or Designated Beneficiary may exercise rights under the Award, if applicable. 

9.5    Withholding. Each Participant must pay the Company, or make provision satisfactory to the Administrator for
payment of, any taxes required by law to be withheld in connection with such Participant’s Awards by the date of the event creating the tax liability. The Company may deduct an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations based on the
applicable statutory withholding rate (or such other rate as may be determined by the Company after considering any accounting consequences or costs) from any payment of any kind otherwise due to a Participant. In the absence of a contrary
determination by the Company (or, with respect to withholding pursuant to clause (ii) below with respect to Awards held by individuals subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, a contrary determination by the Administrator), all tax
withholding obligations will be calculated based on the minimum applicable statutory withholding rates. Subject to Section 10.8 and any Company insider trading policy (including blackout periods), Participants may satisfy such tax obligations
(i) in cash, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, by check made payable to the order of the Company, provided that the Company may limit the use of the foregoing payment forms if one or more of the payment forms below is permitted,
(ii) to the extent permitted by the Administrator, in whole or in part by delivery of Shares, including Shares delivered by attestation and Shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation, valued at their Fair Market Value on the
date of delivery, (iii) if there is a public market for Shares at the time the tax obligations are satisfied, unless the Company otherwise determines, (A) delivery (including electronically or telephonically to the extent permitted by the
Company) of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to satisfy the tax obligations, or (B) delivery by the Participant to the Company of a copy of
irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to satisfy the tax withholding, provided that such amount is paid to the Company at such time as may be
required by the Administrator, or (iv) to the extent permitted by the Company, any combination of the foregoing payment forms approved by the Administrator. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the number of Shares that may be so
delivered or retained pursuant to clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be limited to the number of Shares that have a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery or retention no greater than the aggregate amount of such
liabilities based on the maximum individual statutory tax rate in the applicable jurisdiction at the time of such withholding (or such other rate as may be required to avoid the liability classification of the applicable award under generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States of America), provided, that to the extent that such Shares were acquired by Participant from the Company as compensation, the Shares must have been held for the minimum period required by
applicable accounting rules to avoid a charge to the Company’s earnings for financial reporting purposes; provided, that any such Shares delivered or retained shall be rounded up to the nearest whole Share to the extent that rounding up to the
nearest whole Share does not result in the liability classification of the applicable 

  
 8 

 
Award under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. If any tax withholding obligation will be satisfied under clause (ii) above by the Company’s
retention of Shares from the Award creating the tax obligation and there is a public market for Shares at the time the tax obligation is satisfied, the Company may elect to instruct any brokerage firm determined acceptable to the Company for such
purpose to sell on the applicable Participant’s behalf some or all of the Shares retained and to remit the proceeds of the sale to the Company or its designee, and each Participant’s acceptance of an Award under the Plan will constitute
the Participant’s authorization to the Company and instruction and authorization to such brokerage firm to complete the transactions described in this sentence. 

9.6    Amendment of Award; Prohibition on Repricing. The Administrator may amend, modify or terminate any
outstanding Award, including by substituting another Award of the same or a different type, changing the exercise or settlement date, and converting an Incentive Stock Option to a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
The Participant’s consent to such action will be required unless (i) the action, taking into account any related action, does not materially and adversely affect the Participant’s rights under the Award, or (ii) the change is
permitted under Article VIII or pursuant to Section 10.6. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Administrator may not, except pursuant to Article VIII, without the approval of the stockholders of the
Company, reduce the exercise price per share of outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights or cancel outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights in exchange for cash, other Awards or Options or Stock Appreciation Rights with an exercise
price per share that is less than the exercise price per share of the original Options or Stock Appreciation Rights. 

9.7    Conditions on Delivery of Stock. The Company will not be obligated to deliver any Shares under the Plan or
remove restrictions from Shares previously delivered under the Plan until (i) all Award conditions have been met or removed to the Company’s satisfaction, (ii) as determined by the Company, all other legal matters regarding the
issuance and delivery of such Shares have been satisfied, including any applicable securities laws and stock exchange or stock market rules and regulations, and (iii) the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company such
representations or agreements as the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to satisfy any Applicable Laws. The Company’s inability to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which the Administrator determines is
necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any securities, will relieve the Company of any liability for failing to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority has not been obtained. 

9.8    Acceleration. The Administrator may at any time provide that any Award will become immediately vested and
fully or partially exercisable, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise fully or partially realizable. 

9.9    Additional Terms of Incentive Stock Options. The Administrator may grant Incentive Stock Options only to
employees of the Company, any of its present or future parent or subsidiary corporations, as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code, respectively, and any other entities the employees of which are eligible to receive Incentive Stock
Options under the Code. If an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Greater Than 10% Stockholder, the exercise price will not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value on the Option’s grant date, and the term of the Option will not exceed
five years. All Incentive Stock Options will be subject to and construed consistently with Section 422 of the Code. By accepting an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant agrees to give prompt notice to the Company of dispositions or other
transfers (other than in connection with a Change in Control) of Shares acquired under the Option made within (i) two years from the grant date of the Option or (ii) one year after the transfer of such Shares to the Participant, specifying
the date of the disposition or other transfer and the amount the Participant realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, in such disposition or other transfer. Neither the Company nor the Administrator will
be liable to a Participant, or any other party, if an Incentive Stock Option fails or ceases to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code. Any Incentive Stock Option or portion thereof that fails to qualify
as an “incentive 

  
 9 

 
stock option” under Section 422 of the Code for any reason, including becoming exercisable with respect to Shares having a fair market value exceeding the $100,000 limitation under
Treasury Regulation Section 1.422-4, will be a Non-Qualified Stock Option. 

ARTICLE X. 

MISCELLANEOUS 

10.1    No Right to Employment or Other Status. No person will have any claim or right to be granted an Award, and
the grant of an Award will not be construed as giving a Participant the right to continued employment or any other relationship with the Company. The Company expressly reserves the right at any time to dismiss or otherwise terminate its relationship
with a Participant free from any liability or claim under the Plan or any Award, except as expressly provided in an Award Agreement. 

10.2    No Rights as Stockholder; Certificates. Subject to the Award Agreement, no Participant or Designated
Beneficiary will have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares to be distributed under an Award until becoming the record holder of such Shares. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless the Administrator otherwise
determines or Applicable Laws require, the Company will not be required to deliver to any Participant certificates evidencing Shares issued in connection with any Award and instead such Shares may be recorded in the books of the Company (or, as
applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator). The Company may place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan that the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to comply with Applicable Laws. 

10.3    Effective Date and Term of Plan. Unless earlier terminated by the Board, the Plan will become effective
immediately prior to the Closing Date and will remain in effect until the tenth anniversary of the Closing Date. 

10.4    Amendment of Plan. The Administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time; provided that no
amendment, other than an increase to the Overall Share Limit, may materially and adversely affect any Award outstanding at the time of such amendment without the affected Participant’s consent. No Awards may be granted under the Plan during any
suspension period or after the Plan’s termination. Awards outstanding at the time of any Plan suspension or termination will continue to be governed by the Plan and the Award Agreement, as in effect before such suspension or termination. The
Board will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Laws. 

10.5    Provisions for Foreign Participants. The Administrator may modify Awards granted to Participants who are
foreign nationals or employed outside the United States or establish subplans or procedures under the Plan to address differences in laws, rules, regulations or customs of such foreign jurisdictions with respect to tax, securities, currency,
employee benefit or other matters. 
 10.6    Section 409A. 

(a)    General. The Company intends that all Awards be structured to comply with, or be exempt from,
Section 409A, such that no adverse tax consequences, interest, or penalties under Section 409A apply. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, the Administrator may, without a Participant’s consent,
amend this Plan or Awards, adopt policies and procedures, or take any other actions (including amendments, policies, procedures and retroactive actions) as are necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of Awards, including any
such actions intended to (A) exempt this Plan or any Award from Section 409A, or (B) comply with Section 409A, including regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority that may be issued after an
Award’s grant date. The Company makes no representations or warranties as to an Award’s tax 

  
 10 

 
treatment under Section 409A or otherwise. The Company will have no obligation under this Section 10.6 or otherwise to avoid the taxes, penalties or interest under Section 409A
with respect to any Award and will have no liability to any Participant or any other person if any Award, compensation or other benefits under the Plan are determined to constitute noncompliant “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject
to taxes, penalties or interest under Section 409A. 
 (b)    Separation from Service. If an Award
constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A, any payment or settlement of such Award upon a termination of a Participant’s Service Provider relationship will, to the extent necessary to avoid taxes under
Section 409A, be made only upon the Participant’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A), whether such “separation from service” occurs upon or after the termination of the
Participant’s Service Provider relationship. For purposes of this Plan or any Award Agreement relating to any such payments or benefits, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms means a
“separation from service.” 
 (c)    Payments to Specified Employees. Notwithstanding any contrary
provision in the Plan or any Award Agreement, any payment(s) of “nonqualified deferred compensation” required to be made under an Award to a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A and as the Administrator
determines) due to his or her “separation from service” will, to the extent necessary to avoid taxes under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, be delayed for the six-month period immediately
following such “separation from service” (or, if earlier, until the specified employee’s death) and will instead be paid (as set forth in the Award Agreement) on the day immediately following such
six-month period or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter (without interest). Any payments of “nonqualified deferred compensation” under such Award payable more than six months following
the Participant’s “separation from service” will be paid at the time or times the payments are otherwise scheduled to be made. 

10.7    Limitations on Liability. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no individual acting as a
director, officer, other employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary will be liable to any Participant, former Participant, spouse, beneficiary, or any other person for any claim, loss, liability, or expense incurred in connection with the
Plan or any Award, and such individual will not be personally liable with respect to the Plan because of any contract or other instrument executed in his or her capacity as an Administrator, director, officer, other employee or agent of the Company
or any Subsidiary. 
 10.8    Lock-Up Period. The Company may, at the
request of any underwriter representative or otherwise, in connection with registering the offering of any Company securities under the Securities Act, prohibit Participants from, directly or indirectly, selling or otherwise transferring any Shares
or other Company securities during a period of up to one hundred eighty days following the effective date of a Company registration statement filed under the Securities Act, or such longer period as determined by the underwriter. 

10.9    Data Privacy. As a condition for receiving any Award, each Participant explicitly and unambiguously
consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this section by and among the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates exclusively for implementing, administering and managing the
Participant’s participation in the Plan. The Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates may hold certain personal information about a Participant, including the Participant’s name, address and telephone number; birthdate; social security
number, insurance number or other identification number; salary; nationality; job title(s); any Shares held in the Company or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates; and Award details, to implement, manage and administer the Plan and Awards (the
“Data”). The Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates may transfer the Data amongst themselves as necessary to implement, administer and manage a Participant’s participation in the Plan, and the Company and its
Subsidiaries and Affiliates may transfer the Data to third parties assisting the Company 

  
 11 

 
with Plan implementation, administration and management. These recipients may be located in the Participant’s country, or elsewhere, and the Participant’s country may have data privacy
laws and protections that differ from the laws and protections of the recipients’ country. By accepting an Award, each Participant authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form,
to implement, administer and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan, including any required Data transfer to a broker or other third party with whom the Company or the Participant may elect to deposit any Shares. The Data related to
a Participant will be held only as long as necessary to implement, administer, and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan. A Participant may, at any time, view the Data that the Company holds regarding such Participant, request
additional information about the storage and processing of the Data regarding such Participant, recommend any necessary corrections to the Data regarding the Participant or refuse or withdraw the consents in this Section 10.9 in writing,
without cost, by contacting the local human resources representative. The Company may cancel Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan and, in the Administrator’s discretion, the Participant may forfeit any outstanding Awards if the
Participant refuses or withdraws the consents in this Section 10.9. For more information on the consequences of refusing or withdrawing consent, Participants may contact their local human resources representative. 

10.10    Severability. If any portion of the Plan or any action taken under it is held illegal or invalid for any
reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provisions had been excluded, and the illegal or invalid action will be null and void.

 10.11    Governing Documents. If any contradiction occurs between the Plan and any Award Agreement or other
written agreement between a Participant and the Company (or any Subsidiary) that the Administrator has approved, the Plan will govern, unless it is expressly specified in such Award Agreement or other written document that a specific provision of
the Plan will not apply. 
 10.12    Governing Law. The Plan and all Awards will be governed by and interpreted
in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, disregarding any state’s choice-of-law principles requiring the application of a jurisdiction’s laws
other than the State of Delaware. 
 10.13    Claw-back Provisions. All Awards (including, without limitation,
any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit the Participant actually or constructively receives upon receipt or exercise of any Award or the receipt or resale of any Shares underlying the Award) shall be subject to the provisions of any claw-back
policy implemented by the Company, including, without limitation, any claw-back policy adopted to comply with Applicable Laws (including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules or regulations promulgated
thereunder) as and to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy or the Award Agreement. 
 10.14    Titles and
Headings. The titles and headings in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, if any conflict, the Plan’s text, rather than such titles or headings, will control. 

10.15    Conformity to Securities Laws. Participant acknowledges that the Plan is intended to conform to the extent
necessary with Applicable Laws. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan and all Awards will be administered only in conformance with Applicable Laws. To the extent that Applicable Laws permit, the Plan and all Award Agreements will
be deemed amended as necessary to conform to Applicable Laws. 
 10.16    Relationship to Other Benefits. No
payment under the Plan will be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary except as expressly provided in
writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder. 

  
 12 

 10.17    Broker-Assisted Sales. In the event of a broker-assisted
sale of Shares in connection with the payment of amounts owed by a Participant under or with respect to the Plan or Awards, including amounts to be paid under the final sentence of Section 9.5, (a) any Shares to be sold through the
broker-assisted sale will be sold on the day the payment first becomes due, or as soon thereafter as practicable; (b) such Shares may be sold as part of a block trade with other Participants in the Plan in which all participants receive an
average price; (c) the applicable Participant will be responsible for all broker’s fees and other costs of sale, and by accepting an Award, each Participant agrees to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any losses, costs, damages,
or expenses relating to any such sale; (d) to the extent that the Company or its designee receives proceeds of such sale that exceed the amount owed, the Company will pay such excess in cash to the applicable Participant as soon as reasonably
practicable; (e) the Company and its designees are under no obligation to arrange for such sale at any particular price; and (f) in the event that the proceeds of such sale are insufficient to satisfy the Participant’s applicable
obligation, the Participant may be required to pay immediately upon demand to the Company or its designee an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy any remaining portion of the Participant’s obligation. 

10.18    No Fractional Shares. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, no fractional Shares
shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Administrator shall determine whether cash, other securities, or other property shall be paid of transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares, or whether such fractional Shares
or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated or otherwise eliminated. 
 ARTICLE XI. 

DEFINITIONS 
 As used in
the Plan, the following words and phrases will have the following meanings: 

11.1    “Administrator” means the Board or a Committee to the extent that the Board’s powers
or authority under the Plan have been delegated to such Committee. 
 11.2    “Affiliate” means,
with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means the
possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. 

11.3    “Applicable Laws” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity
incentive plans under U.S. federal and state securities, tax and other applicable laws, rules and regulations, the applicable rules of any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws and
rules of any foreign country or other jurisdiction where Awards are granted. 
 11.4    “Award”
means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Other Stock or Cash Based Awards. 

11.5    “Award Agreement” means a written agreement evidencing an Award, which may be electronic,
that contains such terms and conditions as the Administrator determines, consistent with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan. 

  
 13 

 11.6    “Board” means the Board of Directors of
the Company. 
 11.7    “Cause” means (a) if a Participant is a party to a written
employment or consulting agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or an Award Agreement in which the term “cause” is defined, “Cause” as defined in such agreement, or (b) if no such agreement exists,
(i) such Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) such Participant’s attempted commission of, or
participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company, or any of its employees or directors; (iii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company, the
Company’s employment policies, or of any statutory or other duty owed to the Company; (iv) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) such
Participant’s gross misconduct. The determination that the Participant’s Termination of Service is either for Cause or without Cause will be made by the Company, in its sole discretion. Any determination by the Company that the
Participant’s Termination of Service was with or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Stock Awards held by such Participant will have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for
any other purpose. 
 11.8    “Change in Control” means and includes each of the following: 

(a)    A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Common Stock to the general public through a
registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or a transaction or series of transactions that meets the requirements of clauses (i) and (ii) of subsection (c) below) whereby any “person” or related
“group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
or a “person” that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; or 

(b)    During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board
together with any new Director(s) (other than a Director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in subsections (a) or (c)) whose election by the Board or nomination for
election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two thirds of the Directors then still in office who either were Directors at the beginning of the two-year period or whose
election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or 

(c)    The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through
one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related
transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction: 

(i)    following which the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continue to
represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or
substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “Successor Entity”)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting
power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and 

  
 14 

 (ii)    after which no person or group beneficially owns voting
securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this clause (ii) as beneficially owning 50% or more of the combined voting
power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event with respect to any Award (or portion of any Award) that
provides for the deferral of compensation that is subject to Section 409A, to the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A, the transaction or event described in subsection (a), (b) or
(c) with respect to such Award (or portion thereof) shall only constitute a Change in Control for purposes of the payment timing of such Award if such transaction also constitutes a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury
Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5). 
 The Administrator shall have full and final authority,
which shall be exercised in its discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control has occurred pursuant to the above definition, the date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto;
provided that any exercise of authority in conjunction with a determination of whether a Change in Control is a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)
shall be consistent with such regulation. 
 11.9    “Closing Date” means the closing date of
the transactions provided for under the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 18, 2019, as may be subsequently amended, by and among the Company, Superior Energy Services, Inc., Forbes Energy Services Ltd and certain other parties
thereto. 
 11.10    “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the
regulations issued thereunder. 
 11.11    “Committee” means one or more committees or
subcommittees of the Board, which may include one or more Company directors or executive officers, to the extent that Applicable Laws permit. To the extent required to comply with the provisions of Rule 16b-3,
it is intended that each member of the Committee will be, at the time the Committee takes any action with respect to an Award that is subject to Rule 16b-3, a
“non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3; however, a Committee member’s failure to qualify as a
“non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 will not invalidate any Award granted by the Committee that is otherwise validly granted under the
Plan. 
 11.12    “Common Stock” means the Class A common stock of the Company, par value
of $0.01. 
 11.13    “Company” means Arita Energy, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any
successor. 
 11.14    “Consultant” means any person, including any adviser, engaged by the
Company or its Affiliates to render services to such entity if the consultant or adviser (i) renders bona fide services to the Company; (ii) renders services not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising
transaction and does not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities; and (iii) is a natural person, provided that such person is eligible to receive Awards that may be registered under a Registration
Statement on Form S-8 (or any successor form) in accordance with Applicable Laws. 

11.15    “Designated Beneficiary” means the beneficiary or beneficiaries the Participant
designates, in a manner that the Administrator determines, to receive amounts due or exercise the Participant’s rights if the Participant dies or becomes incapacitated. Without a Participant’s effective designation, “Designated
Beneficiary” will mean the Participant’s estate. 

  
 15 

 11.16    “Director” means a member of the board
of directors or governing body, as the case may be, of the Company or any of its Affiliates who is not an Employee, provided that such person is eligible to receive Awards that may be registered under a Registration Statement on Form S-8 (or any successor form) in accordance with Applicable Laws. 

11.17    “Disability” means a permanent and total disability under Section 22(e)(3) of the
Code, as amended. 
 11.18    “Dividend Equivalents” means a right granted to a Participant
under the Plan to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Shares) of dividends paid on Shares. 

11.19    “Employee” means any employee of the Company or its Affiliates, provided that such
employee is eligible to receive Awards that may be registered under a Registration Statement on Form S-8 (or any successor form) in accordance with Applicable Laws. 

11.20    “Equity Restructuring” means a non-reciprocal
transaction between the Company and its stockholders, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects the number or kind of Shares
(or other securities of the Company) or the share price of Common Stock (or other securities of the Company) and causes a change in the per-share value of the Common Stock underlying outstanding Awards. 

11.21    “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

11.22    “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of a share of Common Stock
determined as follows: (i) if the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such Common Stock as quoted on such exchange for such date, or if no sale occurred on such
date, the last day preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; (ii) if the Common Stock is not traded on a stock exchange but is quoted on a
national market or other quotation system, the closing sales price on such date, or if no sales occurred on such date, then on the last date preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another
source the Administrator deems reliable; or (iii) without an established market for the Common Stock, the Administrator will determine the Fair Market Value in its discretion. 

11.23    “Greater Than 10% Stockholder” means an individual then owning (within the meaning of
Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or one of its subsidiaries, as defined in Section 424(e) and (f) of the Code, respectively. 

11.24    “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock
option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code. 

11.25    “Non-Qualified Stock Option” means an Option not
intended or not qualifying as an Incentive Stock Option. 
 11.26    “Option” means an option to
purchase Shares, which will be either an Incentive Stock option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option. 

  
 16 

 11.27    “Other Stock or Cash Based Awards”
means cash awards, awards of Shares, and other awards valued wholly or partially by referring to, or are otherwise based on, Shares or other property awarded to a Participant under Article VII. 

11.28    “Overall Share Limit” means 470,430 Shares. 

11.29    “Participant” means a Service Provider who has been granted an Award. 

11.30    “Performance Criteria” mean the criteria (and adjustments) that the Administrator may
select for an Award to establish performance goals for a performance period, which may include the following among other performance criteria that the Administrator may determine from time to time: net earnings or losses (either before or after one
or more of the following: interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, and non-cash equity-based compensation expense); gross or net sales or revenue or sales or revenue growth; net income (either before or
after taxes) or adjusted net income; profits (including but not limited to gross profits, net profits, profit growth, net operating profit or economic profit), profit return ratios or operating margin; budget or operating earnings (either before or
after taxes or before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); cash flow (including operating cash flow and free cash flow or cash flow return on capital); return on assets; return on capital or invested capital; cost of capital; return
on stockholders’ equity; total stockholder return; costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; expenses; working capital (including days sales outstanding, days payable outstanding and/or collection of outstanding accounts or debts);
earnings or loss per share; adjusted earnings or loss per share; price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in or maintenance of such price or dividends); regulatory achievements or compliance; implementation, completion or attainment
of objectives relating to research, development, regulatory, commercial, or strategic milestones or developments; market share; economic value or economic value added models; division, group or corporate financial goals; individual business
objectives; environmental, health and/or safety performance; improvements in internal controls and policies and procedures; customer satisfaction/growth; customer service; employee satisfaction; recruitment and maintenance of personnel; human
resources management; supervision of litigation and other legal matters; strategic partnerships and transactions; financial ratios (including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage); debt levels or reductions; sales-related
goals; financing and other capital raising transactions; cash on hand; acquisition activity; investment sourcing activity; and marketing initiatives, any of which may be measured in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or
decrease. Such performance goals also may be based solely by reference to the Company’s performance or based upon performance relative to performance of other companies or upon comparisons of any of the indicators of performance relative to
performance of other companies. The Committee may provide for exclusion of the impact of an event or occurrence which the Committee determines should appropriately be excluded, including (a) restructurings, discontinued operations,
extraordinary items, and other unusual, infrequently occurring or non-recurring charges or events, (b) asset write-downs, (c) litigation or claim judgments or settlements, (d) acquisitions or
divestitures, (e) reorganization or change in the corporate structure or capital structure of the Company, (f) an event either not directly related to the operations of the Company, Subsidiary, division, business segment or business unit
or not within the reasonable control of management, (g) foreign exchange gains and losses, (h) a change in the fiscal year of the Company, (i) the refinancing or repurchase of bank loans or debt securities, (j) unbudgeted capital
expenditures, (k) the issuance or repurchase of equity securities and other changes in the number of outstanding shares, (l) conversion of some or all of convertible securities to Common Stock, (m) any business interruption event
(n) the cumulative effects of tax or accounting changes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or (o) the effect of changes in other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results. 

  
 17 

 11.31    “Person” shall have the meaning
ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d) thereof. 

11.32    “Plan” means this 2020 Long Term Incentive Plan. 

11.33    “Restricted Stock” means Shares awarded to a Participant under Article VI subject to
certain vesting conditions and other restrictions. 
 11.34    “Restricted Stock Unit” means an
unfunded, unsecured right to receive, on the applicable settlement date, one Share or an amount in cash or other consideration determined by the Administrator to be of equal value as of such settlement date awarded to a Participant under
Article VI subject to certain vesting conditions and other restrictions. 
 11.35    “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. 

11.36    “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and
all regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority thereunder. 

11.37    “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

11.38    “Service Provider” means an Employee, Consultant or Director. 

11.39    “Shares” means shares of Common Stock. 

11.40    “Stock Appreciation Right” means a stock appreciation right granted under Article V.

 11.41    “Subsidiary” means any entity (other than the Company), whether domestic or foreign,
in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain beneficially owns, at the time of the determination, securities or interests representing at least 50% of the total
combined voting power of all classes of securities or interests in one of the other entities in such chain. 

11.42    “Substitute Awards” shall mean Awards granted or Shares issued by the Company in
assumption of, or in substitution or exchange for, awards previously granted, or the right or obligation to make future awards, in each case by a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines.

 11.43    “Termination of Service” means the date the Participant ceases to be a Service
Provider. 
 *  *  *  *  * 

  
 18EX-10.10

Table of Contents

 Exhibit 10.10 

 
  
  

 
  

ARITA ENERGY, INC. 
 9.750% SENIOR
SECURED NOTES DUE 2025 
 INDENTURE 

DATED AS OF [●], 2020 

UMB BANK, N.A., 

as Trustee and Collateral Agent 
  

 
  

 
  
  

Table of Contents

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	ARTICLE I	  

	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	 

			
	 Section 1.1.
	 	 Definitions
	  	 	1	 
	 Section 1.2.
	 	 Other Definitions
	  	 	36	 
	 Section 1.3.
	 	 Rules of Construction
	  	 	37	 
	 Section 1.4.
	 	 Acts of Holders
	  	 	38	 
	
	ARTICLE II	  

	THE NOTES	 

			
	 Section 2.1.
	 	 Form and Dating, Terms
	  	 	40	 
	 Section 2.2.
	 	 Execution and Authentication
	  	 	40	 
	 Section 2.3.
	 	 Registrar; Paying Agent
	  	 	41	 
	 Section 2.4.
	 	 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	  	 	41	 
	 Section 2.5.
	 	 Holder Lists
	  	 	42	 
	 Section 2.6.
	 	 Transfers and Exchange
	  	 	42	 
	 Section 2.7.
	 	 Replacement Notes
	  	 	43	 
	 Section 2.8.
	 	 Outstanding Notes
	  	 	43	 
	 Section 2.9.
	 	 Treasury Notes
	  	 	44	 
	 Section 2.10.
	 	 Temporary Notes
	  	 	44	 
	 Section 2.11.
	 	 Cancellation
	  	 	44	 
	 Section 2.12.
	 	 Interest and Defaulted Interest
	  	 	45	 
	 Section 2.13.
	 	 CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
	  	 	45	 
	 Section 2.14.
	 	 Persons Deemed Owners
	  	 	45	 
	
	ARTICLE III	  

	REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT	 

			
	 Section 3.1.
	 	 Notices to Trustee
	  	 	46	 
	 Section 3.2.
	 	 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed
	  	 	46	 
	 Section 3.3.
	 	 Notice of Optional Redemption
	  	 	46	 
	 Section 3.4.
	 	 Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  	 	48	 
	 Section 3.5.
	 	 Deposit of Redemption Price
	  	 	48	 
	 Section 3.6.
	 	 Notes Redeemed in Part
	  	 	48	 
	 Section 3.7.
	 	 Optional Redemption
	  	 	48	 
	
	ARTICLE IV	  

	COVENANTS	 

			
	 Section 4.1.
	 	 Payment of Notes
	  	 	49	 
	 Section 4.2.
	 	 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	 	49	 
	 Section 4.3.
	 	 Provision of Financial Information
	  	 	50	 
	 Section 4.4.
	 	 Compliance Certificate
	  	 	51	 
	 Section 4.5.
	 	 Taxes
	  	 	52	 
	 Section 4.6.
	 	 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
	  	 	52	 
	 Section 4.7.
	 	 Limitation on Restricted Payments
	  	 	52	 
	 Section 4.8.
	 	 Limitation on Dividend and Other Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	55	 
	 Section 4.9.
	 	 Limitation on Additional Indebtedness
	  	 	58	 
	 Section 4.10.
	 	 Limitation on Asset Sales
	  	 	62	 
	 Section 4.11.
	 	 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates
	  	 	68	 

  
 i 

Table of Contents

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	 Section 4.12.
	 	 Limitation on Liens
	  	 	70	 
	 Section 4.13.
	 	 Offer to Purchase upon Change of Control
	  	 	71	 
	 Section 4.14.
	 	 Excess Cash Flow Purchase Offer
	  	 	73	 
	 Section 4.15.
	 	 Corporate Existence
	  	 	73	 
	 Section 4.16.
	 	 Additional Guarantees
	  	 	74	 
	 Section 4.17.
	 	 Limitation on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	74	 
	 Section 4.18.
	 	 No Layering of Debt
	  	 	75	 
	 Section 4.19.
	 	 Effectiveness of Covenants
	  	 	76	 
	
	ARTICLE V	  

	SUCCESSORS	 

			
	 Section 5.1.
	 	 Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance, Transfer or Lease
	  	 	77	 
	
	ARTICLE VI	  

	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	 

			
	 Section 6.1.
	 	 Events of Default
	  	 	79	 
	 Section 6.2.
	 	 Acceleration
	  	 	82	 
	 Section 6.3.
	 	 Other Remedies
	  	 	83	 
	 Section 6.4.
	 	 Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	 	83	 
	 Section 6.5.
	 	 Control by Majority
	  	 	83	 
	 Section 6.6.
	 	 Limitation on Suits
	  	 	83	 
	 Section 6.7.
	 	 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment
	  	 	83	 
	 Section 6.8.
	 	 Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	 	84	 
	 Section 6.9.
	 	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	 	84	 
	 Section 6.10.
	 	 Priorities
	  	 	84	 
	 Section 6.11.
	 	 Undertaking for Costs
	  	 	85	 
	
	ARTICLE VII	  

	TRUSTEE	 

			
	 Section 7.1.
	 	 Duties of Trustee
	  	 	85	 
	 Section 7.2.
	 	 Rights of Trustee
	  	 	86	 
	 Section 7.3.
	 	 Individual Rights of the Trustee
	  	 	88	 
	 Section 7.4.
	 	 Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	 	88	 
	 Section 7.5.
	 	 Notice of Defaults
	  	 	88	 
	 Section 7.6.
	 	 Compensation and Indemnity
	  	 	88	 
	 Section 7.7.
	 	 Replacement of Trustee
	  	 	89	 
	 Section 7.8.
	 	 Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc
	  	 	90	 
	 Section 7.9.
	 	 Eligibility; Disqualification
	  	 	90	 
	 Section 7.10.
	 	 Appointment of Authenticating Agent
	  	 	90	 
	
	ARTICLE VIII	  

	DEFEASANCE; DISCHARGE OF THIS INDENTURE	 

			
	 Section 8.1.
	 	 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	91	 
	 Section 8.2.
	 	 Legal Defeasance
	  	 	91	 
	 Section 8.3.
	 	 Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	92	 
	 Section 8.4.
	 	 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	92	 
	 Section 8.5.
	 	 Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous
Provisions
	  	 	93	 
	 Section 8.6.
	 	 Repayment to Issuer
	  	 	93	 
	 Section 8.7.
	 	 Reinstatement
	  	 	94	 
	 Section 8.8.
	 	 Discharge
	  	 	94	 

  
 ii 

Table of Contents

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	
	ARTICLE IX	  

	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	 

			
	 Section 9.1.
	 	 Without Consent of Holders of the Notes
	  	 	95	 
	 Section 9.2.
	 	 With Consent of Holders of Notes
	  	 	97	 
	 Section 9.3.
	 	 Revocation and Effect of Consents
	  	 	98	 
	 Section 9.4.
	 	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	 	99	 
	 Section 9.5.
	 	 Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.
	  	 	99	 
	 Section 9.6.
	 	 Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel
	  	 	99	 
	
	ARTICLE X	  

	COLLATERAL	 

			
	 Section 10.1.
	 	 The Collateral
	  	 	99	 
	 Section 10.2.
	 	 Maintenance of Collateral; Further Assurances
	  	 	100	 
	 Section 10.3.
	 	 After-Acquired Property
	  	 	101	 
	 Section 10.4.
	 	 Impairment of Security Interest
	  	 	101	 
	 Section 10.5.
	 	 [Reserved
	  	 	101	 
	 Section 10.6.
	 	 Release of Liens on the Collateral
	  	 	101	 
	 Section 10.7.
	 	 Authorization of Actions to be Taken by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent Under the Security
Documents
	  	 	102	 
	 Section 10.8.
	 	 Notes Collateral Account
	  	 	104	 
	 Section 10.9.
	 	 Information Regarding Collateral
	  	 	104	 
	 Section 10.10.
	 	 Negative Pledge
	  	 	104	 
	 Section 10.11.
	 	 Regarding the Collateral Agent
	  	 	104	 
	
	ARTICLE XI	  

	GUARANTEES	 

			
	 Section 11.1.
	 	 Guarantees
	  	 	106	 
	 Section 11.2.
	 	 Execution and Delivery of Guarantee
	  	 	107	 
	 Section 11.3.
	 	 Severability
	  	 	107	 
	 Section 11.4.
	 	 Limitation of Guarantors’ Liability
	  	 	107	 
	 Section 11.5.
	 	 Releases
	  	 	108	 
	 Section 11.6.
	 	 Benefits Acknowledged
	  	 	109	 
	
	ARTICLE XII	  

	MISCELLANEOUS	 

			
	 Section 12.1.
	 	 Concerning the Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	109	 
	 Section 12.2.
	 	 Notices
	  	 	109	 
	 Section 12.3.
	 	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	 	110	 
	 Section 12.4.
	 	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	 	111	 
	 Section 12.5.
	 	 Rules by Trustee and Agents
	  	 	111	 
	 Section 12.6.
	 	 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
	  	 	111	 
	 Section 12.7.
	 	 Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction
	  	 	112	 
	 Section 12.8.
	 	 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	  	 	112	 
	 Section 12.9.
	 	 Successors
	  	 	112	 
	 Section 12.10.
	 	 Severability
	  	 	112	 
	 Section 12.11.
	 	 Execution in Counterparts
	  	 	112	 
	 Section 12.12.
	 	 Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.
	  	 	112	 
	 Section 12.13.
	 	 Force Majeure
	  	 	112	 
	 Section 12.14.
	 	 Legal Holidays
	  	 	113	 
	 Section 12.15.
	 	 Benefit of the Indenture
	  	 	113	 

 Appendices 

  
 iii 

Table of Contents

 
			
	 Appendix A
	  	Provisions Relating to Initial Notes and Additional Notes

 Exhibits 
  

			
	 Exhibit A
	  	Form of Note
	 Exhibit B
	  	Form of Transferee Letter of Representation for Transfers to IAIs
	 Exhibit C
	  	Form of Supplemental Indenture to be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors
	 Exhibit D
	  	Form of Pledge and Security Agreement
	 Exhibit E
	  	Form of Intercreditor Agreement

  
 iv 

Table of Contents

 This Indenture, dated as of [●], 2020, is by and among Arita Energy, Inc. (f/k/a
Spieth Newco, Inc.), a Delaware corporation, the guarantors listed on the signature pages hereto, and UMB Bank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as notes collateral agent (in such capacity, the
“Collateral Agent”). 
 RECITALS OF THE ISSUER 

WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for (i) the issuance of
$243,283,000 in aggregate principal amount of 9.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2025 issued on the date hereof (the “Initial Notes”) and (ii) the issuance of Additional Notes (as defined herein) that may be issued from time to
time on any date subsequent to the Issue Date, to be guaranteed as provided herein by the Guarantors; 
 WHEREAS, all things
necessary have been done by the Issuer to make this Indenture, when executed and delivered by the Issuer, a valid, binding and legal instrument; 

WHEREAS, all things necessary have been done by the Issuer to make the Notes, when executed by the Issuer and authenticated and
delivered in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, the valid obligations of Issuer. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE
WITNESSETH: 
 For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted
and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders, as follows: 
 ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 

Section 1.1. Definitions. 

“ABL Administrative Agent” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as the administrative agent under the Newco
Credit Agreement, or any successor representative acting in such capacity. 
 “ABL Obligations” means all Indebtedness,
liabilities and obligations (of every kind or nature) incurred or arising under or relating to the First Lien Documents that is secured by a Permitted Lien described under clause (17) of the definition thereof, and all other obligations of the
Issuer or any Guarantor in respect thereof. 
 “Acquired Entity or Business” means either 

(1)    the assets constituting a business, division, product line, manufacturing facility or distribution facility of any
Person not already a Subsidiary of the Issuer, which assets shall, as a result of the respective acquisition, become assets of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (or assets of a Person who shall be merged or amalgamated with and
into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer); or 
 (2)    a majority of the Equity Interests of any Person,
which Person shall, as a result of the respective acquisition, become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (or shall be merged or amalgamated with and into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer). 

Table of Contents

 “Acquired Indebtedness” means: 

(1)    with respect to any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, Indebtedness of such Person
and its Subsidiaries (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business to acquire assets used or useful in its business) existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary; and 
 (2)    with respect to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of a Person
(including, for the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business to acquire assets used or useful in its business), other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, existing at the time such Person
is merged or consolidated with or into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Indebtedness expressly assumed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the acquisition of an asset or assets from another Person, in each case of
(1) and (2) regardless of whether such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary. 

“Additional Notes” means Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued pursuant to Article II and otherwise in compliance with
the provisions of this Indenture whether or not they bear the same CUSIP number. 
 “Adjusted Consolidated Working Capital”
means, at any time, Consolidated Current Assets less Consolidated Current Liabilities at such time. 
 “Affiliate” of any
Person means any other Person which directly or indirectly controls or is controlled by, or is under direct or indirect common control with, the referent Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person shall mean the power
to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. 

“Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent, co-registrar or other agent appointed
pursuant to this Indenture. 
 “amend” means to amend, supplement, restate, amend and restate or otherwise modify,
including successively, and “amendment” shall have a correlative meaning. 
 “Applicable Premium” means, with
respect to any Note on any applicable redemption date, the greater of: 
 (1)    1.0% of the principal amount of such
Note; and 
 (2)    the excess, if any, of: 

(a)    the present value at such redemption date of (i) the principal amount of such Note plus
(ii) all required interest payments (excluding accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to such redemption date) due on such Note through February 1, 2023, computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date
plus 50 basis points discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months); over 

(b)    the principal amount of such Note. 

  
 2 

Table of Contents

 “asset” means any asset or property, including, without limitation, Equity
Interests. 
 “Asset Acquisition” means: 

(1)    an Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in any other Person if, as a result of such
Investment, such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, or shall be merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, or 

(2)    the acquisition by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer of all or substantially all of the assets
of any other Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) or any division or line of business of any such other Person (other than in the ordinary course of business). 

“Asset Sale” means: 

(1)    any sale, conveyance, transfer, lease, assignment or other disposition for value by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary to any Person other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, including by means of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction or a merger or consolidation, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of any assets of the Issuer or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than in the ordinary course of business; or 
 (2)    any issuance of Equity
Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 4.9) to any Person other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, in one transaction or a series of related
transactions (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required by law) (the actions described in these clauses (1) and (2), collectively, for purposes of this definition, a
“transfer”). 
 For purposes of this definition, the term “Asset Sale” shall not include: 

(a)    transfers of cash or Cash Equivalents; 

(b)    transfers of assets (including Equity Interests) that are governed by, and made in accordance with,
Section 4.13 or Section 5.1; 
 (c)    Permitted Investments and Restricted Payments permitted
in Section 4.7; 
 (d)    the lease, assignment or sublease of real or personal property in the
ordinary course of business; 
 (e)    the creation, incurrence or assumption of or realization on or
perfection of any Permitted Lien and any disposition of assets resulting from the enforcement or foreclosure of any such Permitted Lien; 

(f)    transfers, relinquishment or abandonment of damaged,
worn-out or obsolete equipment or assets that, in the Issuer’s reasonable judgment, are no longer necessary, used or useful in the business of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(g)    the abandonment of Intellectual Property rights in the ordinary course of business which in the
reasonable view of the Issuer are uneconomical or not material to the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; 

  
 3 

Table of Contents

 (h)    sales or grants of licenses or sublicenses to use
the patents, trade secrets, know-how and other Intellectual Property, and licenses, leases or subleases of other assets, of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent not materially interfering with
the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than as would have a material adverse effect on the value of the Collateral or the ability of the Collateral Agent or the Holders of the Notes to realize the benefits of, and intended
to be afforded by, the Collateral); 
 (i)    a disposition of inventory in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (j)    a disposition of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or
collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring and similar arrangements or any sale of assets received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary upon the foreclosure of a Lien
granted in favor of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (k)    the trade or exchange by the Issuer
or any Restricted Subsidiary of any asset for any other asset or assets that are used in a Permitted Business; provided that the Fair Market Value of the asset or assets received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in such trade or exchange
(including any cash or Cash Equivalents) is at least equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or an executive officer of the Issuer with responsibility for such transaction, which determination shall be
conclusive evidence of compliance with this provision) of the asset or assets disposed of by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to such trade or exchange; and, provided, further, that if any cash or Cash Equivalents are used in such
trade or exchange to achieve an exchange of equivalent value, that the amount of such cash and/or Cash Equivalents received shall be deemed proceeds of an “Asset Sale,” subject to clause (p) below; provided, further that to the extent
the assets that are the subject of the trade or exchange are Collateral, the asset or assets received shall also be Collateral of the same priority as the asset disposed of and which are thereupon with their acquisition added to the Collateral
securing the Notes in the manner provided for in this Indenture or any of the Security Documents; 

(l)    dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to,
customary buy/sell or put/call arrangements between joint venture parties set forth in, joint venture agreements or any similar binding arrangements; 

(m)    the disposition of assets received in settlement of debts accrued in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (n)    the surrender or waiver in the ordinary course of business of contract rights, the
termination of leases in the ordinary course of business or the settlement, release or surrender of contractual, non-contractual, tort or other claims of any kind; 

(o)    dispositions of real property and related assets in the ordinary course of business in connection
with relocation activities for directors, officers, employees, members of management or consultants of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(p)    any transfer or series of related transfers that, but for this clause, would be Asset Sales, if
after giving effect to such transfers, the aggregate Fair Market Value of the assets transferred in such transaction or any such series of related transactions does not exceed $20.0 million per occurrence; 

  
 4 

Table of Contents

 (q)    any issuance, sale or disposition of Equity
Interests, Indebtedness or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, any other disposition of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or any disposition of assets of such Unrestricted Subsidiary; and 

(r)    the issuance, sale or disposition of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of Restricted
Subsidiaries not prohibited by this Indenture. 
 “Authenticating Agent” means an agent appointed by the Trustee in
accordance with Section 2.2(d) and Section 7.10 hereof for the purpose of authenticating the Notes. 
 “Bankruptcy
Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership,
insolvency, reorganization, winding-up, restructuring, examinership or similar debtor relief laws. 

“Board of Directors” means, with respect to any Person, (i) in the case of any corporation, the board of directors of
such Person and (ii) in any other case, the functional equivalent of the foregoing or, in each case, other than for purposes of the definition of “Change of Control,” any duly authorized committee of such body. 

“Borrowing Base” has the meaning given to such term in the Newco Credit Agreement; provided that if the Newco Credit
Agreement has been amended (including any amendment or restatement thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified (including pursuant to any agreement or indenture exchanging, extending the maturity of, refinancing, renewing, replacing, substituting
or otherwise restructuring, whether in the bank or debt capital markets (or combination thereof all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or facility or any successor or replacement agreement or facility) (each of the foregoing, a
“Replacement”) and (x) if pursuant to any such Replacement, the Newco Credit Agreement (i) does not provide for revolving borrowings subject to a borrowing base definition customary for similarly-situated domestic borrowers in
the asset-based loan market at such time or (ii) at least a majority of revolving or other lending commitments thereunder are not provided by commercial banks regulated by the U.S. Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, any analogous U.S.,
Federal or state bank regulatory authority or the European Central Bank, then the definition of “Borrowing Base” hereunder shall be deemed to have the meaning given to such term in the Newco Credit Agreement as of the Issue Date and
(y) in the case of any other Replacement, such borrowing base shall be determined in good faith by such lenders in accordance with customary asset-based lending practices. 

“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in Houston, Texas, the
State of New York or a place of payment are authorized or required by law to close. 
 “Capitalized Lease” means a lease
required to be capitalized on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any lease (whether entered into before or after the Issue Date) that would have been classified as an
operating lease pursuant to GAAP as in effect prior to the effective date of Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification No. 842 (Leases), shall be deemed not to represent a Capitalized Lease. 

“Capitalized Lease Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a
Capitalized Lease, and the amount of such obligation shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP, excluding liabilities resulting from a change in GAAP subsequent to the date of this Indenture, and the Stated Maturity
thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty. 

  
 5 

Table of Contents

 “Cash Equivalents” means: 

(1)    U.S. dollars, euros or the currency of any country recognized by the United States; 

(2)    marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any
agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of such government is pledged in support thereof), maturing within two years of the date of acquisition thereof; 

(3)    demand and time deposits and certificates of deposit of any lender under any Debt Facility or any Eligible Bank
organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or a U.S. branch of any other Eligible Bank maturing within two years of the date of acquisition thereof; 

(4)    commercial paper issued by any Person incorporated in the United States rated at least A-2 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-2 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency if both
S&P and Moody’s cease publishing ratings of commercial paper issuers generally, and in each case maturing not more than two years after the date of acquisition thereof; 

(5)    repurchase obligations with a term of not more than one year for underlying securities of the types described in
clauses (2) or (6) of this definition entered into with any Eligible Bank and maturing not more than one year after such time; 

(6)    securities issued and fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or by any
political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, rated at least A by Moody’s or S&P and having maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition; 

(7)    investments in money market or other mutual funds substantially all of whose assets comprise securities of the
types described in clauses (1) through (6) above; 
 (8)    demand deposit accounts maintained in the ordinary
course of business; and 
 (9)    in the case of any Subsidiary of the Issuer organized or having its principal place of
business outside the United States, investments denominated in the currency of the jurisdiction in which such Subsidiary is organized or has its principal place of business which are similar to the items specified in clauses (1) through (8)
above. 
 “CFC” means a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code. 

“CFC Holdco” means any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary that has no material assets other than direct or indirect
equity in, or Indebtedness owing by, one or more Subsidiaries that are CFCs. 
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of
any of the following events: 
 (1)    the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than
by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that term is used
in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), other than transactions with a Permitted Parent; 

  
 6 

Table of Contents

 (2)    any “person” or “group” (as such terms are
used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), is or becomes the beneficial owner of (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that for
purposes of this clause that person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that any such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage
of time), or controls, directly or indirectly, Voting Stock representing more than 50.0% of the voting power of the total outstanding Voting Stock of the Issuer on a fully diluted basis, other than by a merger or consolidation that meets the
criteria specified in the proviso in clause (3); 
 (3)    the merger or consolidation of the Issuer with or into
another Person or the merger of another Person with or into the Issuer, unless the holders of a majority of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer, immediately prior to such transaction, hold securities of the Issuer or the
surviving or transferee Person that represent, immediately after such transaction, at least a majority of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or surviving or transferee Person; or 

(4)    the adoption by the stockholders of the Issuer of a Plan of Liquidation. 

For purposes of this definition, a Person shall not be deemed to have beneficial ownership of securities subject to a stock purchase
agreement, merger agreement or similar agreement until the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the forgoing definition shall not apply to, or be triggered by, the Transactions. 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. 

“Collateral” means all property and assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in which liens are, from time to time,
granted or purported to be granted to secure the Notes and the Guarantees of the Guarantors pursuant to the Security Documents, other than Excluded Assets. 

“Collateral Agent” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Indenture and any successor thereto. 

“Combination” means, collectively, (i) the merger of Forbes Merger Sub, Inc. with and into Forbes, with Forbes surviving
as a wholly owned subsidiary of Newco and (ii) the merger of NAM Merger Sub, Inc. with and into NAM, with NAM surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Newco, in all material respects, in accordance with the Combination Agreement. 

“Combination Exchange” means the automatic exchange of the New 2021 Notes and the receipt by Holders of their pro rata share
of: (i) $243,283,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes under an indenture, to be dated as of the Combination Exchange Date, on the terms described under the caption “Description of the Newco Secured Notes” in the Offering Memorandum;
(ii) $243,283,000 aggregate principal amount of 8.750% Senior Second Lien Secured Notes due 2026 issued by SESI under an indenture, to be dated as of the Combination Exchange Date, on the terms described under the caption “Description of the
Superior Secured Notes” in the Offering Memorandum and (iii) $131,374,001 in cash. 
 “Combination Exchange
Date” means the date on which the Combination Exchange is consummated. 
 “Combination Agreement” means that
certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 18, 2019, by and among the Issuer, Superior Energy, Forbes, NAM Merger Sub, Inc., and Forbes Merger Sub, Inc. relating to the Combination, as it may be amended from time to time. 

  
 7 

Table of Contents

 “Combination Closing Date” means the date on which the consummation of the
Combination occurs. 
 “Common Stock” means with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interest or other
participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or nonvoting) of such Person’s common stock whether or not outstanding on the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common
stock. 
 “Consolidated Amortization Expense” for any period means the amortization expense of the relevant Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Current
Assets” means, at any time, the consolidated current assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such time (other than cash and Cash Equivalents, amounts related to current or deferred taxes based on income or profits, assets
held for sale, loans to third parties that are permitted under the Indenture, pension assets, deferred bank fees and derivative financial instruments). 

“Consolidated Current Liabilities” means, at any time, the consolidated current liabilities of the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries at such time (other than the current portion of any Indebtedness under the Indenture, the current portion of any other long-term Indebtedness which would otherwise be included therein, accruals of Interest Expense (excluding Interest
Expense that is due and unpaid), accruals for current or deferred taxes based on income or profits, accruals of any costs or expenses related to restructuring reserves to the extent permitted to be included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA
and the current portion of pension liabilities). 
 “Consolidated Depreciation Expense” for any period means the
depreciation expense of the relevant Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated EBITDA” for any period means, with respect to any specified Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, without
duplication, the sum of the amounts for such period of: 
 (1)    Consolidated Net Income, plus 

(2)    in each case only to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income, 

(a)    Consolidated Income Tax Expense, 

(b)    Consolidated Amortization Expense, 

(c)    Consolidated Depreciation Expense, 

(d)    Consolidated Interest Expense, 

(e)    any costs, expenses or charges (including advisory, legal and professional fees) related to any
issuance of debt or equity, investments, acquisition, disposition, asset sale, recapitalization or incurrence, issuance, amendment, waiver, modification, redemption or refinancing of any Indebtedness, whether or not consummated, including
(A) prepayment premiums, breakage costs and LIBOR indemnities or funding costs, (B) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes and any Debt Facilities, (C) any amendment or modification of the Notes or any
Debt Facility, (D) any costs, expenses or charges relating to the 

  
 8 

Table of Contents

 
Combination, (E) any net loss from the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of any Person or the amortization or write-off of Indebtedness issuance
costs or Indebtedness discount and (F) any expenses in connection with related due diligence activities or other transactions costs, in each case, as determined by any Officer of the Issuer, 

(f)    any charge, loss, fee, expense, cost accrual or reserve of any kind attributable to the undertaking
and/or implementation of cost savings initiatives, cost rationalization programs, operating expense reductions, and/or synergies (including, without limitation, in connection with any integration, restructuring or transition, facility openings
and/or reopenings, inventory optimization programs, curtailments and/or future lease commitments), restructuring charges, charges relating to the closure or consolidation of facilities (including, without limitation, severance, rent termination
costs, moving costs and legal costs), severance charges, retention or completion bonuses, charges associated with modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, corporate development charges and professional and consulting fees
incurred in connection with any of the foregoing, 

(g)    earn-out obligations incurred or accrued in connection with
any acquisition and/or Permitted Investment and paid or accrued during such period, and 
 (h)    all
other non-cash items reducing the Consolidated Net Income (excluding any non-cash charge that results in an accrual of a reserve for cash charges in any future period)
for such period, minus 
 (3)    Consolidated Income Tax Benefit, minus 

(4)    the aggregate amount of all non-cash items, determined on a consolidated
basis, to the extent such items increased Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding any non-cash items to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual of a reserve for a potential cash item
that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period), minus 
 (5)    any net gain from the extinguishment of
Indebtedness of any Person. 
 “Consolidated Income Tax Benefit” for any period means the income tax benefit of the
relevant Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated Income Tax Expense” for any period means the provision for taxes of the relevant Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio” means,
on any date of determination, with respect to any Person, the ratio of (x) Consolidated EBITDA during the most recent four consecutive full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance
with GAAP are available (the “Four-Quarter Period”) ending on or prior to the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio (the “Transaction Date”) to
(y) Consolidated Interest Expense for the Four-Quarter Period. For purposes of this definition, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the period of such
calculation to: 
 (1)    the incurrence or issuance of any Indebtedness or the issuance of any Disqualified Equity
Interests of the Issuer or Disqualified Equity Interests or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (and the application of the proceeds thereof) and any repayment, repurchase or redemption of other Indebtedness

  
 9 

Table of Contents

 
or other Disqualified Equity Interests or Preferred Stock (and the application of the proceeds therefrom) (other than the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness in the ordinary course of
business for working capital purposes pursuant to any revolving credit arrangement), occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four-Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such
incurrence, repayment, repurchase, issuance or redemption, as the case may be (and the application of the proceeds thereof), occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter Period; 

(2)    any Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition (including, without limitation, any Asset Acquisition giving rise to the need
to make such calculation as a result of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (including any Person who becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Acquisition) incurring, assuming or otherwise becoming liable for Acquired
Indebtedness and also including any Consolidated EBITDA) in each case occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four-Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such Asset Sale or
Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence of, or assumption or liability for, any such Indebtedness or Acquired Indebtedness) occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter Period; 

(3)    in the case of an Asset Acquisition (or solely with respect to any Transaction Date during the Four-Quarter Period
following the Issue Date, the Transactions) the full run-rate effect of pro forma cost reductions, operating improvements and synergies that have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur within the next 12
months as though such pro forma expense, cost reductions, operating improvements and synergies had been achieved on the first day of the relevant period, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions,
provided that such adjustments (a) are not duplicative of any other adjustments already included for this period, (b) are reasonably identifiable, reasonably attributable to the action specified and reasonably anticipated to result
from such actions and such actions have been taken or initiated and (c) the aggregate amount of such pro forma cost reductions, operating improvements and synergies will not exceed $40.0 million; and 

(4)    in the case of any Transaction Date during the Four-Quarter Period following the Issue Date, the Transactions, as
if the Transactions occurred on the first day of the applicable Four-Quarter Period. 
 provided further, that in the case of clauses
(1) through (4) above, such pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer whether or not such pro forma adjustments would be permitted under SEC rules or guidelines. 

In calculating Consolidated Interest Expense for purposes of determining the denominator (but not the numerator) of this Consolidated Interest
Coverage Ratio: 
 (a)    interest on outstanding Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis as of
the Transaction Date and which will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on such Indebtedness in effect on the Transaction Date; 

(b)    if interest on any Indebtedness actually incurred on the Transaction Date may optionally be
determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rates, then the interest rate in effect on the Transaction Date will be deemed to have been in effect during the
Four-Quarter Period (or, if none, than based on such optional rate chosen as the Person may designate); and 

(c)    notwithstanding clause (a) or (b) above, interest on Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating
basis, to the extent such interest is covered by agreements relating to Hedging Obligations, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum resulting after giving effect to the operation of such agreements. 

  
 10 

Table of Contents

 “Consolidated Interest Expense” for any period means the sum, without
duplication, of the total interest expense of the relevant Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including, without duplication: 

(1)    imputed interest on Capitalized Lease Obligations; 

(2)    commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit securing financial
obligations, bankers’ acceptance financing and receivables financings; 
 (3)    the net costs associated with
Hedging Obligations related to interest rates (excluding amortization of fees or any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in
mark-to-market valuation of such obligations); 

(4)    amortization of original issue discount; 

(5)    all other non-cash interest expense; 

(6)    capitalized interest; 

(7)    all dividend payments on any series of Disqualified Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries or any Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Qualified Equity Interests of the Issuer, or to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer); 

(8)    all interest payable with respect to discontinued operations; and 

(9)    all interest on any Indebtedness described in clause (7) or (8) of the definition of Indebtedness. 

Consolidated Interest Expense shall not include any interest expenses relating to (A) penalties and interest related to taxes,
(B) amortization or write-off of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, debt discount or premium, terminated hedging obligations and other commissions, financing fees and expenses, (C) any
expensing of bridge, commitment or other financing fees, (D) fees related to undrawn letters of credit and (E) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting in
connection with any acquisition. 
 “Consolidated Net Income” for any period means the net income (or loss) of such Person
and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded in calculating such net income (or loss), to the extent otherwise included
therein, without duplication: 
 (1)    the net income (or loss) of any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) in
which any Person other than the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries has an ownership interest, except to the extent that cash in an amount equal to any such income has actually been received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
during such period; 
 (2)    except to the extent includible in the net income (or loss) of the Issuer pursuant to the
foregoing clause (1), the net income (or loss) of any Person that accrued prior to the date that (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or (b) the
assets of such Person are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

  
 11 

Table of Contents

 (3)    solely for purposes of Section 4.7, the net income of any
Restricted Subsidiary other than a Guarantor during such period to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of that income is not permitted by operation of the terms of its
charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary during such period, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends has been legally waived and
provided that Consolidated Net Income will be increased by an amount of cash dividends or distributions actually paid to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; 

(4)    gains or losses attributable to discontinued operations; 

(5)    any gain (or loss), charge or write-off, together with any related
provisions for taxes on any such gain (or the tax effect of any such loss), realized or recorded during such period by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary upon (a) the acquisition of any securities, or the extinguishment of any
Indebtedness, of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or (b) any Asset Sale (or asset sale) by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or abandonments or reserves relating thereto; 

(6)    gains and losses due solely to fluctuations in currency values and the related tax effects according to GAAP; 

(7)    unrealized gains and losses with respect to Hedging Obligations; 

(8)    the cumulative effect of any change in accounting principles or policies; 

(9)    any extraordinary, non-recurring, exceptional or unusual gain, loss,
expense or charge and the related tax effect; 
 (10)    any non-cash
compensation charges or other non-cash charges or expenses (including write-offs and writedowns) with respect to the grant, issuance or repricing of stock options, restricted stock or other equity compensation
awards or any amendment, modification, substitution or change of any equity-based award and any non-cash net after tax gains or losses attributable to the termination of any employee pension benefit plan; 

(11)    [reserved]; 

(12)    accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within 12 months relating to the consummation of the
Combination or other acquisitions in accordance with GAAP; 
 (13)    to the extent covered by insurance and actually
reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier
in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty
events or business interruption; and 
 (14)    goodwill write downs or other
non-cash impairments of assets, any non-cash impairment charges resulting from the application of SFAS No. 142—Goodwill and Other Intangibles and
No. 144—Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, the amortization of intangibles and the effects of SFAS No. 141—Business Combinations and any successor statements. 

  
 12 

Table of Contents

 “Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means, with respect to any Person as of
any date, the amount which, in accordance with GAAP, would be set forth under the caption “Total Assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with
GAAP, less, to the extent included in a determination of “Total Assets,” and without duplication, all goodwill, patents, tradenames, trademarks, copyrights, franchises, experimental expenses, organization expenses and any other amounts
classified as intangible assets in accordance with GAAP and all current liabilities reflected on the balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries and calculated in accordance with GAAP, calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect
to any acquisitions made since the latest balance sheet date. 
 “Corporate Trust Office” means the offices of the Trustee
at which at any time this Indenture is being administered, which office as of the date hereof is located at UMB Bank, N.A., 5555 San Felipe, Suite 870 Houston, Texas 77056 Attention: Corporate Trust / Mauri J. Cowen , or such other address as the
Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer, or the corporate trust office of any successor trustee (or such other address as such successor trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the
Issuer). 
 “Coverage Ratio Exception” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.9(a). 

“Credit Agreement” means the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 20, 2017, by and
among Superior Energy, SESI, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto from time to time, and, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or
otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time (including the amendment to be entered into as of the Combination Exchange Date). 

“Custodian” means the Person appointed as custodian for the Depositary with respect to the Global Notes, or any successor
entity thereto. 
 “Customary Recourse Exceptions” means, with respect to any
Non-Recourse Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, exclusions from the exculpation provisions with respect to such Non-Recourse Debt for the voluntary bankruptcy of such
Unrestricted Subsidiary, fraud, misapplication of cash, environmental claims, waste, willful destruction and other circumstances customarily excluded by lenders from exculpation provisions or included in separate indemnification agreements in non-recourse financings. 
 “Debt Facilities” means one or more debt facilities, debt
instruments, indentures or other evidences of Indebtedness (which may be outstanding at the same time and including, without limitation, the Newco Credit Agreement), commercial paper facilities or other agreements providing for revolving credit
loans, debt securities, notes, term loans, receivables financing, letters of credit or other Indebtedness and, in each case, as such agreements may be amended, refinanced, restated, replaced, refunded, increased, extended or otherwise restructured,
in whole or in part from time to time whether in the bank or debt capital markets (or combination thereof) (including increasing or decreasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder or adding or removing Subsidiaries of the Issuer as
additional borrowers, co-issuers or guarantors thereunder or changing the maturity of any Indebtedness incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby) with respect to all or any portion of the Indebtedness under
such agreement or agreements or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements, and in each case including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with the foregoing (including any notes
and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee and collateral agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other guarantees, pledges, agreements, security agreements and collateral documents) and whether by the same or
any other agent, lender, group of lenders or institutional lenders or investors. 

  
 13 

Table of Contents

 “Default” means any event, act or condition that, after notice or the
passage of time or both, would be an Event of Default. 
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Initial Note or Additional
Note (bearing the Restricted Notes Legend (as defined in Appendix A) if the transfer of such Note is restricted by applicable law) that does not include the Global Notes Legend (as defined in Appendix A). 

“Depositary” means with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in
Section 2.3(b) hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Global Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture. 

“Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash
Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration. A particular item of Designated Non-cash Consideration will no longer be considered to be outstanding when and to the extent it has been paid, redeemed
or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in accordance with this Indenture. 
 “Designation” has the meaning
given to this term in Section 4.17. 
 “Designation Amount” has the meaning given to this term in Section 4.17.

 “Disqualified Equity Interests” of any Person means any class of Equity Interests of such Person that, by its terms, or
by the terms of any related agreement or of any security into which it is convertible, puttable or exchangeable (in each case, at the option of the holder thereof), is, or upon the happening of any event or the passage of time would be, required to
be redeemed by such Person, at the option of the holder thereof, or matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date which is 91 days after the Stated Maturity of
the Notes; provided, however, that any class of Equity Interests of such Person that, by its terms, authorizes such Person to satisfy in full its obligations with respect to the payment of dividends or upon maturity, redemption
(pursuant to a sinking fund or otherwise) or repurchase thereof or otherwise by the delivery of Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests, and that is not convertible, puttable or exchangeable for Disqualified Equity Interests or
Indebtedness, will not be deemed to be Disqualified Equity Interests so long as such Person satisfies its obligations with respect thereto solely by the delivery of Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests; provided
further, that any Equity Interests that would not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof (or the holders of any security into or for which such Equity Interests are convertible, exchangeable or
exercisable) the right to require the Issuer to repurchase or redeem such Equity Interests upon the occurrence of a change in control or an Asset Sale (or similar terms) occurring prior to the 91st day after the Stated Maturity of the Notes shall
not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests if such Equity Interests specifically provide that the Issuer will not repurchase or redeem any such Equity Interests pursuant to such provisions prior to the Issuer’s purchase of the Notes as
required pursuant to Section 4.13 and Section 4.10, respectively. 
 “dollars”, “U.S. dollars”
or “$” means lawful money of the United States. 

  
 14 

Table of Contents

 “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that
was formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia. 
 “DTC”
means The Depository Trust Company and any successor. 
 “Eligible Bank” shall mean any commercial bank having, or which is
the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company having, capital and surplus aggregating in excess of $250.0 million (or the equivalent thereof in a foreign currency as of the date of determination) and a rating of “A” (or
such other similar equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization. 
 “Equity
Interests” of any Person means (1) any and all shares or other equity interests (including Common Stock, Preferred Stock, limited liability company interests, trust units and partnership interests) in such Person and (2) all
rights to purchase, warrants or options (whether or not currently exercisable), participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) such shares or other interests in such Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any
debt securities convertible into Equity Interests, regardless of whether such debt securities include any right of participation with Equity Interests. 

“Excess Cash Flow” means, for any period, an amount equal to the excess of: 

(1)    the sum of, without duplication of: 

(a)    Consolidated Net Income for such period; 

(b)    the decrease, if any, in Adjusted Consolidated Working Capital from the first day to the last day of
such period (but excluding any such decrease in Adjusted Consolidated Working Capital arising from an acquisition of an Acquired Entity or Business or dispositions of any Person by the Issuer and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period);
over 
 (2)    the sum of, without duplication of: 

(a)    the aggregate amount of all cash payments made in respect of all acquisitions of Acquired Entities
or Businesses and other Investments (excluding Investments in Cash Equivalents or in the Issuer or a Person that, prior to and immediately following the making of such Investment, was and remains a Restricted Subsidiary) permitted in
Section 4.7 made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period, in each case to the extent financed with Internally Generated Cash; 

(b)    without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, the aggregate
consideration required to be paid in cash by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the “Contract Consideration”) entered into prior to or during such period relating to acquisitions of Acquired
Entities or Businesses, Investments or capital expenditures to be consummated or made during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Issuer following the end of such period; provided that to the extent the aggregate amount of
Internally Generated Cash actually utilized to finance such acquisitions of Acquired Entities or Businesses, Investments or capital expenditures during such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the
amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters; 

(c)    Restricted Payments made in cash during such fiscal year to the extent permitted under of
Section 4.7(a)(1)-(3), and Section 4.7(b)(3) or (13) (in the case of clause (3), solely to the extent used to service Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer) or Section 4.7(b)(1) or (4), to the extent paid for
with Internally Generated Cash; 

  
 15 

Table of Contents

 (d)    the portion of any transaction costs and expenses
related to items (i)-(iii) above paid in cash during such fiscal year not deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income; 

(e)    the increase, if any, in Adjusted Consolidated Working Capital from the first day to the last day of
such period (but excluding any such increase in Adjusted Consolidated Working Capital arising from an acquisition of an Acquired Entity or Business or disposition of any Person by the Issuer and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period);

 (f)    cash payments in respect of non-current liabilities
(other than Indebtedness) to the extent made with Internally Generated Cash; 
 (g)    the aggregate
amount of expenditures actually made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries with Internally Generated Cash during such period (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees, taxes, rent and pension and other retirement benefits) to
the extent such expenditures are not expensed during such period; and 
 (h)    the aggregate amount of
any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid with Internally Generated Cash during such period that are required to be made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness. 

“Excess Cash Flow Offer Date” shall mean March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning with March 15,
2021. 
 “Excess Cash Flow Offer Period” shall mean, with respect to any Excess Cash Flow Offer Date, the immediately
preceding six months. 
 “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

“Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation” means the exchange offer and concurrent consent solicitation by SESI pursuant to
the Offering Memorandum. 
 “Excluded Assets” has the meaning given to it in the Pledge and Security Agreement. 

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset, the price (after taking into account any liabilities relating to such
asset) that would be negotiated in an arm’s-length transaction for cash between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of which is under any compulsion to complete the transaction as such
price is determined in good faith by management of the Issuer. 
 “First Lien Collateral Agent” means JPMorgan Chase Bank,
N.A., in its capacity as the collateral agent under the Newco Credit Agreement and Intercreditor Agreement who has authority to act for holders of related First Lien Obligations, or any successor representative acting in such capacity. 

“First Lien Documents” means the Newco Credit Agreement, any additional credit agreement, note purchase agreement, indenture
or other agreement related thereto and all other loan or note documents, collateral or security documents, notes, guarantees, instruments and agreements governing or evidencing, or executed or delivered in connection with, the Newco Credit Agreement
or any Pari Passu First Lien Indebtedness, as such agreements or instruments may be amended, supplemented, modified, restated, replaced, renewed, refunded, restructured, increased or refinanced from time to time. 

  
 16 

Table of Contents

 “First Lien Obligations” means all ABL Obligations and Pari passu
First Lien Indebtedness. 
 “First Lien Secured Parties” means (a) with respect to the Newco Credit Agreement,
collectively, the First Lien Collateral Agent, the lenders thereunder and their Affiliates, any supplemental First Lien Collateral Agent and each co-agent or sub-agent
appointed by any such First Lien Collateral Agent from time to time and (b) with respect to any other ABL Document, all lenders, holders or agents thereunder to which any First Lien Obligations are owing. 

“Forbes” means Forbes Energy Services Ltd., a Delaware corporation. 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state
thereof or the District of Columbia, and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “GAAP” means generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States, as in effect on the Issue Date. 
 “Global Notes” means the Notes that
are in the form of Exhibit A issued in global form and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee. 
 “Government
Securities” means (1) securities that are direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (2) securities that are obligations of a Person controlled or
supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America which, in either case, are not
callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof. 
 “Grantors” means, collectively, the Issuer and the
Guarantors. 
 “guarantee” means a direct or indirect guarantee by any Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person and
includes any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect
thereof (in whole or in part); “guarantee,” when used as a verb, and “guaranteed” have correlative meanings. 

“Guarantee” means, individually, any guarantee of payment of the Notes by a Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture
and any supplemental indenture hereto, and, collectively, all such guarantees. 
 “Guarantors” means each Restricted
Subsidiary of the Issuer on the Issue Date that is a party to this Indenture for purposes of providing a Guarantee with respect to the Notes, and each other Person that is required to, or at the election of the Issuer, does become a Guarantor by the
terms of this Indenture after the Issue Date, in each case, until such Person is released from its Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 

“Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person under option, swap, cap, collar, forward purchase or
similar agreements or arrangements intended to manage exposure to interest rates or currency exchange rates or commodity prices (including, without limitation, for purposes of this definition, rates for electrical power used in the ordinary course
of business), either generally or under specific contingencies. 
 “Holder” means any registered holder, from time to time,
of the Notes. 

  
 17 

Table of Contents

 “IAI” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as
described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and is not a QIB. 
 “incur” means, with
respect to any Indebtedness or Obligation, incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to such Indebtedness or Obligation; provided that (1) the
Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer shall be deemed to have been incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer,
(2) neither the accrual of interest nor the accretion of original issue discount or the accretion or accumulation of dividends on any Equity Interests nor the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Equity
Interests or Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness and (3) any Indebtedness pursuant to any revolving credit or similar facility shall only be Incurred at the time any funds are borrowed thereunder. 

“Indebtedness” of any Person at any date means, without duplication: 

(1)    all liabilities, contingent or otherwise, of such Person for borrowed money (whether or not the recourse of the
lender is to the whole of the assets of such Person or only to a portion thereof); 
 (2)    all obligations of such
Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, bankers’ acceptances, notes or other similar instruments; 
 (3)    all
reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, letters of guaranty and similar credit transactions, in each case only to the extent that the underlying obligation in respect of which the instrument was issued would be
treated as Indebtedness; 
 (4)    all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price or deferred
consideration or similar arrangements in respect of property or services (other than (i) trade payables and other accrued current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business and (ii) any earnout obligation
until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP (excluding disclosure on the notes and footnotes thereto)); 

(5)    the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption
or repurchase premium) or the principal component or liquidation preference of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Equity Interests or, with respect to any Subsidiary that
is not a Guarantor, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends); 
 (6)    all Capitalized
Lease Obligations of such Person; 
 (7)    all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person,
whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; 
 (8)    all Indebtedness of others guaranteed by such
Person to the extent of such guarantee; provided that Indebtedness of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries that is guaranteed by the Issuer or the Issuer’s Subsidiaries shall only be counted once in the calculation of the amount of
Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; and 
 (9)    to the extent not otherwise
included in this definition, net Hedging Obligations of such Person. 

  
 18 

Table of Contents

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not constitute Indebtedness: 

(1)    accrued expenses and trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business; 

(2)    any indebtedness that has been defeased, covenant defeased or satisfied and discharged in accordance with GAAP or
pursuant to the deposit of cash or Cash Equivalents (in an amount sufficient to satisfy all obligations relating thereto at maturity or redemption, as applicable, including all payments of interest and premium, if any) in a trust or account created
or pledged for the sole benefit of the holders of such Indebtedness, and subject to no other Liens, and in accordance with the other applicable terms of the instrument governing such Indebtedness; and 

(3)    any lease, concession or license of property (or Guarantee thereof) which would be considered an operating lease
under GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date. 
 The amount of any Indebtedness which is incurred at a discount to the principal amount at
maturity thereof as of any date shall be deemed to have been incurred at the accreted value thereof as of such date. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations
as described above, the maximum liability of such Person for any such contingent obligations at such date and, in the case of clause (7), the lesser of (a) the Fair Market Value of any asset subject to a Lien securing the Indebtedness of others
on the date that the Lien attaches and (b) the amount of the Indebtedness secured. For purposes of clause (5), the “maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price” of any Disqualified Equity Interests that do not have a fixed
redemption or repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Equity Interests as if such Disqualified Equity Interests were redeemed or repurchased on any date on which an amount of Indebtedness outstanding
shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture. 
 The term “Indebtedness” excludes any repayment or
reimbursement obligation of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to Customary Recourse Exceptions, unless and until an event or circumstance occurs that triggers the Person’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s direct
repayment or reimbursement obligation (as opposed to contingent or performance obligations) to the lender or other Person to whom such obligation is actually owed, in which case the amount of such direct payment or reimbursement obligation shall
constitute Indebtedness. 
 “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 

“Initial Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto. 

“Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding” means: 

(1)    any voluntary or involuntary case or proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code with respect to the Issuer or any
Guarantor; 
 (2)    any other voluntary or involuntary insolvency, reorganization or bankruptcy case or proceeding, or
any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or proceeding with respect to the Issuer or any Guarantor or with respect to a material portion of their respective assets; 

(3)    any liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or winding up of the Issuer or any Guarantor whether voluntary or
involuntary and whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy; or 
 (4)    any assignment for the benefit of
creditors or any other marshalling of assets and liabilities of the Issuer or any Guarantor. 

  
 19 

Table of Contents

 “Intellectual Property” means all patents, patent applications, trademarks,
trade names, service marks, copyrights, technology, trade secrets, proprietary information, domain names, know-how and processes necessary for the conduct of the Issuer’s or any Restricted
Subsidiary’s business. 
 “Intercreditor Agreement” means the intercreditor agreement entered into by and among the
Collateral Agent, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the First Lien Collateral Agent, to be dated as of the Issue Date, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms. 

“Internally Generated Cash” means cash generated from the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ operations or
borrowings under the Newco Credit Agreement, any similar working capital facility permitted under clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” and not representing (i) a reinvestment by the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiaries of the net proceeds of any Asset Sale, (ii) the proceeds of any issuance of any Equity Interests or any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding borrowings under the Newco Credit Agreement, any
similar working capital facility permitted in Section 4.9 or (iii) any credit received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any trade-in of property for substantially similar
property or any “like kind exchange” of assets. 
 “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher
than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s or BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or any other equivalent rating by any Rating Agency, in each case, with a stable or better outlook. 

“Investments” of any Person means: 

(1)    all direct or indirect investments by such Person in any other Person (including Affiliates) in the form of loans,
advances or capital contributions or other credit extensions constituting Indebtedness of such other Person, and any guarantee of Indebtedness of any other Person (excluding endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course
of business, extensions of trade credit, advances to customers and suppliers and commission, travel and other similar advances to officers, directors, employees and consultants made in the ordinary course of business); 

(2)    all purchases (or other acquisitions for consideration) by such Person of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other
securities of any other Person; 
 (3)    all other items that would be classified as investments in another Person on a
balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; and 
 (4)    the Designation of any Subsidiary as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 Except as otherwise expressly specified in this definition, the amount of any Investment (other than an
Investment made in cash) shall be the Fair Market Value thereof on the date such Investment is made. The amount of an Investment pursuant to clause (4) shall be the Designation Amount determined in accordance with Section 4.17. If the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, or any Restricted Subsidiary issues any Equity Interests, in either case, such that, after giving effect to any such sale or
disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or other disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Equity Interests of and all other Investments in such
Restricted Subsidiary retained. Notwithstanding the foregoing, purchases or redemptions of Equity Interests of the Issuer shall be deemed not to be Investments, and guarantees of obligations under leases in the ordinary course of business shall not
be deemed Investments. The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced (at the Issuer’s option) by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other
amount or value received in respect of such Investment. 

  
 20 

Table of Contents

 “Issue Date” means [●], 2020, the date on which the Initial Notes
were originally issued. 
 “Issuer” means Arita Energy, Inc. (f/k/a Spieth Newco, Inc.), a Delaware corporation, and any
successor Person resulting from any transaction permitted by Section 5.1. 
 “Junior Lien” means a Lien, junior to the
Liens on the Collateral securing both any ABL Obligations and Second Lien Secured Obligations pursuant to a Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, granted by the Issuer or any Guarantor to secure Junior Lien Obligations. 

“Junior Lien Documents” means, collectively, any indenture, note, security document and each of the other agreements,
documents and instruments providing for or evidencing any Junior Lien Obligations, and any other document or instrument executed or delivered at any time in connection with any Junior Lien Obligations, to the extent such are effective at the
relevant time, in each case as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, extended or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time, and any other credit agreement, indenture or other agreement, document or instrument
evidencing, governing, relating to or securing any Junior Lien Indebtedness. 
 “Junior Lien Indebtedness” means any
Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or its affiliates) of the Issuer or any Guarantor (including any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) that is secured by a Junior Lien pursuant to a Permitted Lien
described under clause (13) or (28) of the definition thereof; provided that, in the case of any Indebtedness referred to in this definition: 

(1)    such Indebtedness does not mature and does not have any mandatory or scheduled payments or sinking fund obligations
prior to the maturity date of the Notes (except as a result of a customary change of control or asset sale repurchase offer provisions); 

(2)    on or before the date on which the first such Indebtedness is incurred by the Issuer or any Guarantor, the Issuer
shall deliver to each Secured Representative complete copies of each applicable Junior Lien Document (which shall provide that each secured party with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subject to and bound by the Junior Lien Intercreditor
Agreement), along with an Officer’s Certificate certifying as to such Junior Lien Documents and identifying the obligations constituting Junior Lien Obligations; 

(3)    on or before the date on which any such Indebtedness is incurred by the Issuer or any Guarantor, such Indebtedness
is designated by the Issuer, in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Junior Lien Representative and each Secured Representative, as Junior Lien Indebtedness under this Indenture; 

(4)    a Junior Lien Representative is designated with respect to such Indebtedness and executes and delivers the Junior
Lien Intercreditor Agreement (including, as applicable, a joinder thereto) on behalf of itself and all holders of such Indebtedness; and 

(5)    all other requirements set forth in the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement as to the confirmation, grant or
perfection of the Liens of the holders of Junior Lien Indebtedness to secure such Indebtedness or Obligations in respect thereof are satisfied. 

“Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement” means an intercreditor agreement which subordinates the Lien on the Collateral of the
holders of the Junior Lien Indebtedness to the Lien on the Collateral of each of the holders of ABL Obligations and Pari Passu First Lien Indebtedness and the holders of the Second 

  
 21 

Table of Contents

 
Lien Secured Obligations and the terms of which are consistent with market terms (in the view of the First Lien Collateral Agent or, if the First Lien Collateral Agent has been replaced, any
other agent for the holders of ABL Obligations) governing security arrangements for the subordination and sharing of liens or arrangements relating to the distribution of payments, as applicable, at the time the intercreditor agreement is proposed
to be established in light of the type of Indebtedness subject thereto. 
 “Junior Lien Obligations” means Junior Lien
Indebtedness and all other Obligations in respect thereof. 
 “Junior Lien Representative” means in the case of any series
of Junior Lien Indebtedness, the trustee, agent or representative of the holders of such series of Junior Lien Indebtedness who is appointed as a representative of the Junior Lien Indebtedness (for purposes related to the administration of security
interests) pursuant to the applicable Junior Lien Document governing such series of Junior Lien Indebtedness, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity. 

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, deed of trust, lien (statutory or other), pledge, hypothecation,
easement, charge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind or nature in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement,
any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing. 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor to its rating agency business. 

“NAM” means New NAM, Inc., a Delaware corporation. 

“Net Available Proceeds” means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents
received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale, net of: 
 (1)    brokerage
commissions and other fees and expenses (including fees, discounts and expenses of legal counsel, accountants and investment banks, consultants and placement agents) of such Asset Sale and other reasonable costs incurred in preparing such asset for
sale and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof; 
 (2)    provisions for taxes payable (including any
withholding or other taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable in connection with the transfer to the Issuer of such proceeds from any Restricted Subsidiary that received such proceeds) as a result of such Asset Sale (after taking into
account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements); 
 (3)    amounts required to be paid
to any Person (other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary) (a) owning a beneficial interest in the assets subject to the Asset Sale or (b) having a Lien thereon that has a higher priority than the Liens securing the Notes and the
Guarantees on the assets or assets that were the subject of the Asset Sale and that is required (other than pursuant to Section 4.10) to be paid as a result of such transaction; 

(4)    payments of unassumed liabilities (not constituting Indebtedness) relating to the assets sold at the time of, or
within 30 days after the date of, such Asset Sale; 
 (5)    appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve required in accordance with GAAP against any adjustment in the sale price of such 

  
 22 

Table of Contents

 
asset or assets or liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale, including pensions and other
post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale; provided, however, that any amounts remaining after adjustments,
revaluations or liquidations of such reserves shall constitute Net Available Proceeds; and 
 (6)    any portion of cash
proceeds that the Issuer determines in good faith should be reserved for post-closing adjustments, it being understood and agreed that on the day that all such post-closing adjustments have been determined, the amount (if any) by which the reserved
amount in respect of such Asset Sale exceeds the actual post-closing adjustments payable by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will constitute Net Available Proceeds on such date. 

“Newco Credit Agreement” means that certain credit agreement, to be dated as of the Issue Date, by and among the Issuer, as
borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the several lenders and other agents party thereto, including any notes, guarantees, collateral and security documents, instruments and agreements executed in
connection therewith (including Hedging Obligations related to the Indebtedness incurred thereunder), as such agreement or facility may be amended (including any amendment or restatement thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, including any agreement or indenture exchanging, extending the maturity of, refinancing, renewing, replacing, substituting or otherwise restructuring (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder, changing the maturity or
adding or removing Subsidiaries as borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether or not with the same agents or lenders) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or facility or any successor or replacement agreement or facility
and, in each case, such successor or replacement agreement is entered into with bona fide asset-based lenders. 
 “New 2021
Notes” means the $617,940,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.125% Senior Notes, Series C, due 2021 issued by SESI, as further described in the section entitled “Description of the New Notes” in the Offering Memorandum. 

“New York UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York. 

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary: 

(1)    as to which neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) provides credit support of any kind (including
any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), except for Customary Recourse Exceptions, (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise or (c) constitutes the lender; and 

(2)    no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action
against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be
accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity. 
 “Notes” means the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes. The
Initial Notes and the Additional Notes, if any, shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture. 

“Obligation” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnification, reimbursements, costs, expenses, damages and
other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness and guarantees of payment of such Obligations under any Second Lien Documents or First Lien Documents or documents governing another Debt Facility, as the case may be. 

  
 23 

Table of Contents

 “Offer to Purchase” means, as applicable, a Change of Control Offer,
Collateral Disposition Offer, Net Proceeds Offer, or Excess Cash Flow Purchase Offer. 
 “Offering Memorandum” means
SESI’s offering memorandum and consent solicitation statement, dated January 6, 2020, and as amended and supplemented by the Offering Memorandum Supplement No. 1 dated January 31, 2020, related to the exchange of the Original
Notes for New 2021 Notes. 
 “Officer” means any of the following of the Issuer or any Guarantor: the Chairman of the Board
of Directors; the Chief Executive Officer; the Chief Financial Officer; the President; any Vice President; the Treasurer; or the Secretary. 

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Officer. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of
or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee. 
 “Pari Passu First Lien Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness that is permitted
to have Pari Passu Lien Priority relative to the ABL Obligations with respect to the Collateral and is not secured by any other assets; provided that, in each case, an authorized representative of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have
executed a joinder to the Intercreditor Agreement in the form provided therein. 
 “Pari Passu Indebtedness” means any
Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor that is not Subordinated Indebtedness. 
 “Pari Passu Lien Priority” means
relative to specified Indebtedness and other obligations having equal Lien priority to (i) the Notes and the Guarantees on the Collateral or (ii) the Newco Credit Agreement on the Collateral, as applicable. 

“Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness” means any Additional Notes and any other Indebtedness that has a Stated Maturity date
that is equal to or longer than the Stated Maturity date of the Notes and that is permitted to have Pari Passu Lien Priority relative to the Notes and the Guarantees with respect to the Collateral and is not secured by any other assets;
provided that, in each case, an authorized representative of the holders of such Indebtedness (other than any Additional Notes) shall have executed a joinder to the Intercreditor Agreement in the form provided therein. 

“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, a Person who has an account with the Depositary. 

“Paying Agent” means any Person (including the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries acting as Paying Agent)
authorized by the Issuer to pay the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes on behalf of the Issuer. 
 “Payment
Default” means any default in payment of amounts when due on the applicable Indebtedness, without giving effect to any grace period. 

“Permitted Business” means the businesses engaged in by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date as described in the
Offering Memorandum (on a pro forma basis giving effect to the Combination) and businesses that are reasonably related, complementary, incidental, ancillary or similar thereto or reasonable extensions thereof. 

  
 24 

Table of Contents

 “Permitted Indebtedness” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.9(b).

 “Permitted Investment” means: 

(1)    Investments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in (a) any Restricted Subsidiary or (b) any Person
that will become immediately after such Investment a Restricted Subsidiary or that will merge or consolidate into or dispose of all or substantially all of its property or assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and
any Investment held by any such Person at such time that was not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation; 

(2)    Investments in the Issuer or in any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(3)    loans and advances to directors, employees and officers of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) in
the ordinary course of business (including moving, payroll, travel and entertainment related advances) (other than any loans or advances to any director or executive officer (or equivalent thereof) that would be in violation of Section 402 of
the Sarbanes Oxley Act), (ii) in respect of moving-related expenses incurred in connection with any closing or consolidation of any facility or office and (iii) for purposes of funding purchases of Equity Interests of the Issuer not in excess
of $2.5 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time; 
 (4)    Hedging Obligations entered into in the
ordinary course of business for bona fide hedging purposes of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not for the purpose of speculation; 

(5)    Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents; 

(6)    Investments in securities of trade creditors or customers received pursuant to any bankruptcy, workout, plan of
reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers or received in compromise, settlement or resolution of Indebtedness, claims, litigation, arbitration or other disputes with such parties
and, in each case, extensions, modifications and amendments thereof; 
 (7)    Investments made by the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary as a result of consideration received in connection with an Asset Sale made in compliance with Section 4.10 or a disposition of assets that is not an Asset Sale; 

(8)    any Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection, surety and performance bonds and
worker’s compensation, and lease, utility, tax, performance and other similar deposits and prepaid expenses in the ordinary course of business; 

(9)    stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and
owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments; 
 (10)    Permitted Joint Venture
Investments made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate amount (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other
Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) and then outstanding, that does not exceed the greater of (a) $50.0 million and (b) 10.0% of the Issuer’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets determined at the time of investment; 

  
 25 

Table of Contents

 (11)    guarantees of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries permitted in accordance with Section 4.9; 
 (12)    repurchases of or other Investments in
the Notes; 
 (13)    advances or extensions of credit to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business and
payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances; 

(14)    Investments existing on, or made pursuant to commitments in effect on, the Issue Date and any Investment
consisting of an extension, modification, renewal or replacement thereof under the terms of agreements in existence on the Issue Date; 

(15)    Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Equity Interests) of the
Issuer and/or Investments made with the net cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Issuer; provided, however, that in either case such Equity Interests will not increase the
amount available for Restricted Payments under the Restricted Payments Basket; 
 (16)    other Investments in any
Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) that, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause
(16) since the Issue Date and then outstanding (net of returns of capital and sales, liquidations and redemptions of Investments), do not exceed the greater of (a) $50.0 million and (b) 10.0% of the Issuer’s Consolidated Net Tangible
Assets determined at the time of investment; provided that if any Investment made pursuant to this clause (16) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary at the time of the Investment but becomes a Restricted Subsidiary
after such date, such investment will thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and not this clause (16) for as long as the Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(17)    performance guarantees of any trade or non-financial operating contract
(other than such contract that itself constitutes Indebtedness) in the ordinary course of business; 

(18)    Receivables owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary if created or acquired in the ordinary course of
business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under
the circumstances; and 
 (19)    the Transactions. 

In determining whether any Investment is a Permitted Investment, the Issuer may allocate all or any portion of an Investment among the clauses
of this definition and any of the provisions of Section 4.7 but shall not be permitted to later reallocate all or any portion of such Investment. 

“Permitted Joint Venture Investment” means, with respect to an Investment by any specified Person, an Investment by such
specified Person in any other Person engaged in a Permitted Business (a) in which the Person has either (i) significant involvement in the day to day operations and management, (ii) veto power over significant management decisions or
(iii) board or management committee representation and (b) of which at least 20.0% of the outstanding Equity Interests of such other Person is at the time owned directly or indirectly by the specified Person. 

  
 26 

Table of Contents

 “Permitted Liens” means the following types of Liens: 

(1)    Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies not yet due and payable or delinquent or that are
being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, in conformity with GAAP; 

(2)    Liens in respect of property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary imposed by law or contract, which were not
incurred or created to secure Indebtedness for borrowed money, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, landlords’, workmen’s, suppliers’, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens and other similar Liens
arising in the ordinary course of business, and which do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and do not materially impair the use thereof in the
operation of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; 
 (3)    pledges or deposits
made in connection therewith in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, road transportation and other types of social security regulations; 

(4)    Liens (i) incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure the performance of tenders, bids, trade
contracts, stay and customs bonds, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, statutory bonds, government contracts, performance and return money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed
money), (ii) incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure liability for premiums to insurance carriers or (iii) deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case, in the ordinary course
of business; 
 (5)    Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such
Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

(6)    Liens arising out of judgments or awards not resulting in a Default or an Event of Default so long as such Lien is
adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired; 

(7)    easements, rights of way, restrictions (including zoning restrictions), covenants, encroachments, protrusions and
other similar charges or encumbrances, and minor title deficiencies on or with respect to any Real Property, in each case whether now or hereafter in existence, not (i) securing Indebtedness and (ii) in the aggregate materially interfering
with the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and not materially impairing the use of such Real Property in such business; 

(8)    Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial letters of credit which encumber documents and
other assets relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof; 
 (9)    Liens encumbering deposits
made to secure obligations arising from statutory, regulatory, contractual or warranty requirements of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, including rights of offset and setoff, and deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure
liability to insurance carriers; 
 (10)    bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing
solely with respect to cash and Cash Equivalents on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by the Issuer or any Restricted 

  
 27 

Table of Contents

 
Subsidiary, in each case granted in the ordinary course of business in favor of the bank or banks with which such accounts are maintained, securing amounts owing to such bank with respect to cash
management and operating account arrangements, including those involving pooled accounts and netting arrangements; 

(11)    any interest or title of a lessor under any lease entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in
accordance with this Indenture; 
 (12)    the filing of UCC financing statements solely as a precautionary measure in
connection with operating leases, consignments of goods or transfers of accounts, in each case to the extent not securing performance of a payment or other obligation; 

(13)    (i) Liens securing the Notes and any Guarantee issued on the Issue Date and any obligations owing to the Trustee
or the Collateral Agent under this Indenture, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement, (ii) Liens on Collateral ranking on parity with the Liens securing the Notes securing additional Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness
permitted to be incurred and then-outstanding pursuant to Section 4.9(b)(2)(B) and (iii) Liens on Collateral ranking junior to the Liens securing the Notes securing Junior Lien Indebtedness permitted to be incurred and then-outstanding
pursuant to Section 4.9(b)(2)(C); 
 (14)    Liens (other than on Collateral) securing Hedging Obligations entered
into for bona fide hedging purposes of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not for the purpose of speculation; 

(15)    leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business, which do not
materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(16)    Liens in favor of the Issuer or a Guarantor; 

(17)    Liens on Collateral securing First Lien Obligations under the Newco Credit Agreement (or a Debt Facility in
replacement thereof with bona fide institutional bank lenders) incurred and then outstanding pursuant to Section 4.9(b)(1), including, without limitation, loans, obligations in respect of letters of credit, related Hedging Obligations and
related Specified Cash Management Agreements; 
 (18)    Liens arising pursuant to Purchase Money Indebtedness incurred
and then outstanding pursuant to Section 4.9(b)(8); provided that (i) the Indebtedness secured by any such Lien (including refinancings thereof) does not exceed 100.0% of the cost of the property being acquired, leased, constructed,
improved or developed at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness and (ii) any such Liens attach only to the property being financed pursuant to such Purchase Money Indebtedness (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds, replacements or
dividends or distributions in respect thereof) and do not encumber any other property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(19)    Liens securing Acquired Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture incurred and then outstanding
pursuant to Section 4.9(b)(15); provided that (a) such Indebtedness was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or being acquired or merged into the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, (b) the Liens do not extend to assets not subject to such Lien at the time of acquisition (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds, replacements or dividends or distributions in respect thereof), (c) such
Liens are secured only by the assets to be acquired and such Liens were not incurred in connection with such transaction and (d) the Total Secured Leverage Ratio after giving pro forma effect to the acquisition does not exceed the Total Secured
Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition; 

  
 28 

Table of Contents

 (20)    Liens on property or assets of a Person (including shares of
stock owned by such Person) existing at the time such Person is acquired or amalgamated or merged with or into or consolidated with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time such
property or assets are otherwise acquired by the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary (and not created in anticipation or contemplation thereof); provided that such Liens do not extend to property not subject to such Liens at the time of
acquisition (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds, replacements or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) (other than after-acquired property that is affixed or appurtenant thereto or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien
and after-acquired property of such Person subject to a Lien securing such Indebtedness, which Indebtedness requires or includes a pledge of after-acquired property of such Person); 

(21)    Liens on and pledges of the Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any joint venture owned by the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the extent securing Non-Recourse Debt or other Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or joint venture; 

(22)    Liens arising from the deposit of funds or Cash Equivalents or securities in trust for the purpose of decreasing
or defeasing Indebtedness so long as such deposit of funds or securities and such decreasing or defeasing of Indebtedness are permitted under Section 4.9; 

(23)    licenses of Intellectual Property granted by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of
business and not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary; 

(24)    Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods
entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; 
 (25)    Liens in favor of
the Trustee as provided for in this Indenture on money or property held or collected by the Trustee in its capacity as Trustee; 

(26)    Liens on assets of any Foreign Subsidiary to secure Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary, which Indebtedness is
permitted by this Indenture; 
 (27)    Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens permitted under clauses
(13) and (17) above); 
 (28)    other Liens securing Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness ranking on parity
with the Liens securing the Notes or Junior Lien Indebtedness ranking junior to the Liens securing the Notes with respect to obligations which do not in the aggregate exceed at any time outstanding the greater of (a) $40.0 million and (b) 7.5%
of the Issuer’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets determined at the time of incurrence of such obligation, in respect of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.9; 

(29)    Liens on Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness of Unrestricted Subsidiaries or
obligations under agreements in respect of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; and 
 (30)    any Lien renewing, extending,
refinancing or refunding a Lien permitted by clauses (13), (18), (19), (20) and (27) above and this clause (30); provided that such Liens (i) do not extend to any additional assets (other than improvements, accessions, proceeds,
replacements or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) and the amount of such Indebtedness is not increased except as necessary to pay premiums or expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing and (ii) have no greater priority
relative to Notes and the Guarantees and the holders of such Indebtedness secured by such Liens have no greater intercreditor rights relative to the Notes and the Guarantees than the original Liens and related Indebtedness and the holders thereof.

  
 29 

Table of Contents

 “Permitted Parent” means any direct or indirect parent entity of the Issuer
that beneficially owns, together with any other Permitted Parent, 100% of the Equity Interests of the Issuer; provided that the ultimate beneficial ownership of the Issuer has not been modified, solely by virtue of the transaction by which
such parent entity became the beneficial owner of 100% of the Equity Interests of the Issuer and such parent entity owns no assets other than Cash Equivalents and the Equity Interests of the Issuer or any other Permitted Parent. 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, incorporated or
unincorporated association, joint-stock company, trust, mutual fund trust, unincorporated organization or government or other agency or political subdivision thereof or other legal entity of any kind. 

“Plan of Liquidation” with respect to any Person, means a plan that provides for, contemplates or the effectuation of which
is preceded or accompanied by (whether or not substantially contemporaneously, in phases or otherwise): 
 (1)    the
sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Person otherwise than as an entirety or substantially as an entirety; and 

(2)    the distribution of all or substantially all of the proceeds of such sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition
and all or substantially all of the remaining assets of such Person to holders of Equity Interests of such Person. 
 “Pledge and
Security Agreement” means the pledge and security agreement entered into by and among the Collateral Agent, the Issuer and the Guarantors, to be dated as of the Issue Date, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from
time to time in accordance with its terms. 
 “Preferred Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all preferred or
preference stock or other Equity Interests (however designated) of such Person whether now outstanding or issued after the Issue Date that is preferred as to the payment of dividends upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. 

“principal” means, with respect to the Notes, the principal of, and premium, if any, on the Notes. 

“Purchase Money Indebtedness” means Indebtedness, including Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase
money obligations, of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in connection with the purchase of, or for the purpose of financing the purchase of, all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, installation,
improvement, deployment, refurbishment or modification of property, plant or equipment or furniture, fixtures and equipment, in each case, used in the business of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or the cost of installation, construction or
improvement thereof; provided, however, that (except in the case of Capitalized Lease Obligations) the amount of such Indebtedness shall not exceed such purchase price or cost. 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 

“Qualified Equity Interests” of any Person means Equity Interests of such Person other than Disqualified Equity Interests;
provided that such Equity Interests shall not be deemed Qualified Equity Interests to the extent sold or owed to a Subsidiary of such Person or financed, directly or indirectly, using funds (1) borrowed from such Person or any Subsidiary
of such Person until and to the extent such borrowing is repaid or (2) contributed, extended, guaranteed or advanced by such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person (including, without limitation, in respect of any employee stock ownership or
benefit plan). Unless otherwise specified, Qualified Equity Interests refer to Qualified Equity Interests of the Issuer. 

  
 30 

Table of Contents

 “Qualified Equity Offering” means the issuance and sale of Qualified Equity
Interests of the Issuer (or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to the extent the net proceeds therefrom are contributed to the common equity capital of the Issuer or used to purchase Qualified Equity Interests of the Issuer), other than
(a) any issuance pursuant to employee benefit plans or otherwise in compensation to officers, directors, trustees or employees or (b) public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s Qualified Equity Interests (or options, warrants or
rights with respect thereto) registered on Form S-4 or S-8. 

“Rating Agencies” means each of Moody’s and S&P, or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on
the Notes publicly available (other than as a result of voluntary action or inaction on the part of the Issuer), a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer (as certified by a resolution
of the Board of Directors) which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be. 
 “Real Property”
means, collectively, all right, title and interest (including any leasehold estate) in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned, leased or operated by any Person, whether by lease, license or other means, together with, in
each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, all improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment, all general intangibles and contract rights and other property and rights incidental to the ownership, lease or
operation thereof. 
 “refinance” means to refinance, repay, prepay, replace, renew or refund. 

“Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred in exchange for, or the
proceeds of which are used to redeem, refinance, replace, defease, discharge, refund, restate, substitute, modify, supplement or reissue or otherwise retire for value, in whole or in part, any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
(the “Refinanced Indebtedness”); provided that: 
 (1)    the principal amount (or accreted value, in
the case of Indebtedness issued at a discount) of the Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the Refinanced Indebtedness plus the amount of accrued and unpaid interest on the Refinanced Indebtedness, any premium paid to the
holders of the Refinanced Indebtedness and reasonable expenses and defeasance costs incurred in connection with the incurrence of the Refinancing Indebtedness; 

(2)    the obligor of the Refinancing Indebtedness does not include any Person (other than the Issuer or any Guarantor)
that is not an obligor of the Refinanced Indebtedness; 
 (3)    if the Refinanced Indebtedness was subordinated in
right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be, then such Refinancing Indebtedness, by its terms, is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be, at least to the same extent as the
Refinanced Indebtedness; 
 (4)    if the Refinancing Indebtedness is secured, the Liens securing such Refinancing
Indebtedness have a Lien priority equal or junior to the Liens securing the Refinanced Indebtedness; 
 (5)    the
Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity either (a) no earlier than the Refinanced Indebtedness being repaid or amended or (b) no earlier than 91 days after the maturity date of the Notes; 

(6)    the portion, if any, of the Refinancing Indebtedness that is scheduled to mature on or prior to the maturity date
of the Notes has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing 

  
 31 

Table of Contents

 
Indebtedness is incurred that is equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the portion of the Refinanced Indebtedness being repaid that is scheduled to mature on or prior
to the maturity date of the Notes; and 
 (7)    the proceeds of the Refinancing Indebtedness shall be used
substantially concurrently with the incurrence thereof to redeem, refinance, replace, defease, discharge, refund or otherwise retire for value the Refinanced Indebtedness, unless the Refinanced Indebtedness is not then due and is not redeemable or
prepayable at the option of the obligor thereof or is redeemable or prepayable only with notice, in which case such proceeds shall be held until the Refinanced Indebtedness becomes due or redeemable or prepayable or such notice period lapses and
then shall be used to refinance the Refinanced Indebtedness; provided that in any event the Refinanced Indebtedness shall be redeemed, refinanced, replaced, defeased, discharged, refunded or otherwise retired within 90 days of the incurrence of the
Refinancing Indebtedness. 
 “Replacement Assets” means (1) current tangible assets and any non-current tangible or intangible assets that, in each case, will be used or useful in a Permitted Business or (2) all or substantially all the assets of a Permitted Business or a majority of the Voting Stock
of any Person engaged in a Permitted Business that will become on the date of acquisition thereof a Domestic Subsidiary (or a Restricted Subsidiary solely to the extent the assets being replaced were sold by a Foreign Subsidiary). 

“Responsible Financial or Accounting Officer of the Issuer” means any one of the Chief Financial Officer (or other principal
financial officer), Vice President of Finance, Treasurer or Chief Accounting Officer (or other principal accounting officer or controller) of the Issuer or other Officer of the Issuer fulfilling the functions of any such position. 

“Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the
Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time
shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and, in each case, who shall have direct responsibility for the
administration of this Indenture. 
 “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

“Restricted Payment” means any of the following: 

(1)    the declaration or payment of any dividend or any other distribution (whether made in cash, securities or other
property) on or in respect of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or any payment made to the direct or indirect holders (in their capacities as such) of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, including,
without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries but excluding (a) dividends or distributions payable solely in Qualified Equity Interests or through
accretion or accumulation of such dividends on such Equity Interests and (b) in the case of Restricted Subsidiaries, dividends or distributions payable to the Issuer or to a Restricted Subsidiary (and if such Restricted Subsidiary is not a
Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, to its other holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis or a basis more favorable to the Issuer); 

(2)    the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the
Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer held by Persons other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer); 

  
 32 

Table of Contents

 (3)     any Restricted Investment; or 

(4)    any principal payment on, purchase, redemption, defeasance, prepayment, decrease or other acquisition or retirement
for value prior to any scheduled maturity or prior to any scheduled repayment of principal or sinking fund payment, as the case may be, in respect of Subordinated Indebtedness (other than any such payment made within one year of any such scheduled
maturity or scheduled repayment or sinking fund payment and other than any Subordinated Indebtedness owed to and held by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary permitted under clause (6) of the definition of “Permitted
Indebtedness” contained in Section 4.9(b)). 
 “Restricted Payments Basket” has the meaning given to such
term in Section 4.7(a). 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means, with respect to any Person, any transaction involving any of the assets or properties
of such Person whether now owned or hereafter acquired, whereby such Person sells or transfers such assets or properties to a third Person and then or thereafter leases such assets or properties or any part thereof. 

“S&P” means S&P Global Inc. or any successor to its rating agency business. 

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Second Lien Documents” means, collectively, this Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents, and each of the other
agreements, documents and instruments providing for or evidencing any other Second Lien Secured Obligations, and any other document or instrument executed or delivered at any time in connection with any Second Lien Secured Obligations, to the extent
such are effective at the relevant time, in each case, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, extended or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time, and any other credit agreement, indenture or other agreement,
document or instrument evidencing, governing, relating to or securing any Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness. 
 “Second
Lien Secured Obligations” means, subject to the terms and conditions in the Intercreditor Agreement, (i) all Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and (ii) all Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness. 

“Second Lien Secured Parties” means (a) with respect to this Indenture, collectively, the Trustee, the Collateral
Agent and the Holders of the Notes from time to time and (b) with respect to any other Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness, all lenders, holders, trustees or agents thereunder to which Second Lien Secured Obligations are owing. 

“Secured Indebtedness” means all Indebtedness for borrowed money and all obligations in the form of loans, notes, bonds,
debentures or other similar instruments that are secured by a Lien. 
 “Secured Representative” means: 

(1)    in the case of this Indenture and the Notes, the Trustee; or 

(2)    in the case of any series of Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness, any trustee, agent or representative
thereof designated as such in the respective agreement or instrument governing such series of Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness. 

  
 33 

Table of Contents

 “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Security Documents” means the Intercreditor Agreement, each joinder or other agreement pursuant to which holders of other
Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness become parties thereto, and all security agreements, pledge agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, collateral assignments, collateral agency agreements, debentures, control agreements or other grants or
transfers for security executed and delivered by the Issuer or any Guarantor (including, without limitation, financing statements under the Uniform Commercial Code of the relevant state) creating (or purporting to create) a Lien upon Collateral in
favor of the Collateral Agent or other agent or representative of Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness or notice of such pledge, grant or assignment is given, in each case, as amended, modified, renewed, restated or replaced, in whole or in
part, from time to time, in accordance with its terms and the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement. 
 “SESI” means SESI,
L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a
“significant subsidiary” as defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act as such Regulation was in effect on the Issue
Date. 
 “Specified Cash Management Agreements” means any agreement providing for treasury, depositary, purchasing card or
cash management services, including in connection with any automated clearing house transfers of funds or any similar transactions between the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and any person who is or was a lender at the time such agreement was
entered into. 
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, the date specified in the agreement governing
or certificate relating to such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such Indebtedness is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent
obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor that is expressly subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes or the Guarantees, respectively. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1)    any corporation, limited liability company, association, trust or other business entity of which more than 50.0% of
the total voting power of the Equity Interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Board of Directors thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one
or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person (or a combination thereof); and 
 (2)    any partnership (a) the
sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or of one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).

 Unless otherwise specified, “Subsidiary” refers to a Subsidiary of the Issuer. 

“Superior Energy” means Superior Energy Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation. 

“Total Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, the ratio of: 

  
 34 

Table of Contents

 (1)    the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of such Person and
the Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person of the type referenced under clauses (1) through (4) of the definition of Indebtedness outstanding on such date (and, for this purpose, letters of credit will be deemed to have a principal amount equal
to the face amount thereof, whether or not drawn); to: 
 (2)    the aggregate amount of such Person’s Consolidated
EBITDA for the most recent four-quarter period for which internal financial statements are available. 
 The Total Leverage Ratio shall be
calculated using the same methodologies and assumptions used to calculate the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio. 
 “Total Second
Lien Leverage Ratio” means, at any time of determination, the ratio of (i) the aggregate principal amount of Second Lien Secured Obligations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of determination (excluding any
Hedging Obligations, as applicable, not entered into for speculative purposes) to (ii) the Consolidated EBITDA of the Issuer during the most recent Four-Quarter Period ending on or prior to the date of determination; provided that such Total
Second Lien Leverage Ratio shall be determined on a pro forma basis in a manner consistent with the definition of Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio. 

“Total Secured Leverage Ratio” means, at any time of determination, the ratio of (i) the outstanding principal amount of
Secured Indebtedness to (ii) the Consolidated EBITDA of the Issuer during the most recent Four-Quarter Period ending on or prior to the date of determination; provided that such Total Secured Leverage Ratio shall be determined on a pro forma
basis in a manner consistent with the definition of Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio. 
 “Transactions” means the
Combination, the Exchange Offer and Consent Solicitation, the entry into the Newco Credit Agreement, the entry into the amended Credit Agreement, the Combination Exchange and any ancillary transactions, transfers, agreements or undertakings
necessary, whether by contract or operation of law, to effect these transactions, in each case, in the manner described in the Offering Memorandum. 

“Treasury Rate” means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury
securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical
Release is no longer published, any publicly available source or similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to February 1, 2023; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to
February 1, 2023 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to February 1, 2023 is less than
one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. 

“Trustee” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Indenture and any successor thereto. 

“United States” or “U.S.” means the United States of America. 

“Uniform Commercial Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in any applicable jurisdiction.

  
 35 

Table of Contents

 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (1) any Subsidiary that at the time of
determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in accordance with Section 4.17 and (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the preceding, if at any time, any
Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary described in Section 4.17, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture. 

“U.S. Government Obligations” means direct non-callable obligations of, or guaranteed
by, the United States for the payment of which guarantee or obligations the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged. 

“Vice President”, when used with respect to the Issuer, means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a
word or words added before or after the title “vice president.” 
 “Voting Stock” with respect to any Person,
means securities of any class of Equity Interests of such Person entitling the holders thereof (whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock or other relevant equity interest has voting power by reason of any contingency) to vote
in the election of members of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” when applied to
any Indebtedness at any date, means the number of years obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of
principal, including payment at Stated Maturity, in respect thereof by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment by
(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness. 
 “Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted
Subsidiary, all of the Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) are owned by the Issuer or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary. 

Section 1.2.    Other Definitions. 

 

					
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section	 
	 “acceleration declaration”
	  	 	6.2	 
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	 	4.11(a)	 
	 “Alternate Offer”
	  	 	4.13(g)	 
	 “Applicable Premium Deficit”
	  	 	8.8	 
	 “Asset Sale Excess Cash Flow Offer”
	  	 	4.14	 
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	 	2.2(c)	 
	 “CERCLA”
	  	 	10.11(f)	 
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	 	4.13(b)	 
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	 	4.13(b)	 
	 “Change of Control Purchase Price”
	  	 	4.13(a)	 
	 “Collateral Disposition Offer”
	  	 	4.10(a)(4)	 
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	 	8.3	 
	 “Coverage Ratio Exception”
	  	 	4.9(a)	 
	 “Deposit Trustee”
	  	 	8.5	 
	 “Designation”
	  	 	4.17(a)	 
	 “Designation Amount”
	  	 	4.17(a)	 
	 “EDGAR”
	  	 	4.3(a)	 
	 “Event of Default”
	  	 	6.1	 
	 “Excess Cash Flow Offer”
	  	 	4.14	 
	 “Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount”
	  	 	4.14	 

  
 36 

Table of Contents

					
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section	 
	 “Excess Collateral Proceeds”
	  	 	4.10(a)(4)	 
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	 	4.10(c)(2)	 
	 “Fixed Amounts”
	  	 	4.9(d)	 
	 “Four-Quarter Period”
	  	 

	1.1 (“Consolidated
Interest Coverage
Ratio”)	 
 
 
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	 	8.2	 
	 “Net Proceeds Offer”
	  	 	4.10(c)	 
	 “Net Proceeds Offer Amount”
	  	 	4.10(d)	 
	 “Net Proceeds Offer Period”
	  	 	4.10(d)	 
	 “Net Proceeds Purchase Date”
	  	 	4.10(d)	 
	 “Newco Credit Agreement”
	  	 

	1.1 (“Net
Available
Proceeds”)	 
 
 
	 “Note Amount”
	  	 	4.10(c)(1)	 
	 “Note Register”
	  	 	2.3(a)	 
	 “Pari Passu Offer”
	  	 	4.10(c)(2)	 
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	 	2.3(a)	 
	 “Permitted Indebtedness”
	  	 	4.9(b)	 
	 “Ratio-Based Amounts”
	  	 	4.9(d)	 
	 “Redesignation”
	  	 	4.16(b)	 
	 “Refinanced Indebtedness”
	  	 
	1.1 (“Refinancing
Indebtedness”)	 
 
	 “Registrar”
	  	 	2.3(a)	 
	 “Reinstatement Date”
	  	 	4.19(b)	 
	 “Restricted Payments Basket”
	  	 	4.7(a)(3)	 
	 “Successor”
	  	 	5.1(a)(1)	 
	 “Suspended Covenants”
	  	 	4.19(a)	 
	 “Suspension Date”
	  	 	4.19(a)	 
	 “Suspension Period”
	  	 	4.19(b)	 
	 “Transaction Date”
	  	 

	1.1 (“Consolidated
Interest Coverage
Ratio”)	 
 
 
	 “transfer”
	  	 	1.1 (“Asset Sale”)	 

 Section 1.3.    Rules of Construction. Unless
the context otherwise requires: 
 (a)    a term defined in Sections 1.1 or 1.2 has the meaning assigned to it therein;

 (b)    an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(c)    “or” is not exclusive; 

(d)    words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular; 

  
 37 

Table of Contents

 (e)    provisions apply to successive events and transactions; 

(f)    unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Appendix,” “Article,”
“Section,” “clause,” “Schedule” or “Exhibit” refers to an Appendix, Article, Section, clause, Schedule or Exhibit, as the case may be, of this Indenture; 

(g)    the words “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a
whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision; 
 (h)    “including” or
“include” means including or include without limitation; 
 (i)    references to sections of, or rules under,
the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; 

(j)    unless otherwise provided, references to agreements and other instruments shall be deemed to include all amendments
and other modifications to such agreements or instruments, but only to the extent such amendments and other modifications are not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture; 

(k)    unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinated or junior to secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of
its nature as unsecured Indebtedness and senior Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinated or junior to any other senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral; and 

(l)    certain terms used primarily in Appendix A are defined in that Appendix. 

Section 1.4.    Acts of Holders. 

(a)    Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture
to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such
action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer and the Guarantors. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing
appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.1) conclusive in favor of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Issuer and the Guarantors, if
made in the manner provided in this Section 1.4. 
 (b)    The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any
such instrument or writing may be proved (1) by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing
such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof or (2) in any other manner deemed reasonably sufficient by the Trustee. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than such signer’s individual
capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of such signer’s authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any
other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient. 
 (c)    The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

 (d)    Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any
Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued 

  
 38 

Table of Contents

 
upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Issuer or the
Guarantors in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 
 (e)    If the Issuer
shall solicit from the Holders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other act, the Issuer may, at its option, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other act, but the Issuer shall have no obligation to do so. Any such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such board resolution, which shall be a date not more than 30
days prior to the first solicitation of Holders generally in connection therewith and no later than the date such solicitation is completed. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or
other act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of
outstanding Notes have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other act, and for that purpose the outstanding Notes shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other act by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months
after the record date. 
 (f)    Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with
regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such
principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such
different part. 
 (g)    Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including a Depositary that is the
Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by
Holders, and a Depositary that is the Holder of a Global Note may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such Depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices. 

(h)    With respect to any Global Note, the Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who
are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by a Depositary entitled under the procedures of such Depositary, if any, to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders; provided that if such a record date is fixed, only the beneficial owners of interests in such Global Note on such record date or
their duly appointed proxy or proxies shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such beneficial owners remain beneficial owners of interests in
such Global Note after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the expiration date, if any, designated by
the Issuer. 
 ARTICLE II 

THE NOTES 
 
Section 2.1.    Form and Dating, Terms. 

  
 39 

Table of Contents

 (a)    Provisions relating to the Initial Notes, Additional Notes and
any other Notes issued under this Indenture are set forth in Appendix A, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture (with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or
permitted by this Indenture). The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall each be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required
or permitted by this Indenture), which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, rules or agreements with national securities exchanges to which the
Issuer or any Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Issuer). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be issued only in fully
registered form without coupons and only in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

(b)    The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

 (c)    The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of
this Indenture, and the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with
the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 

(d)    The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Issuer pursuant to a Collateral Disposition Offer or a Net Proceeds
Offer as provided in Section 4.10 or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.13 or an Excess Cash Flow Purchase Offer as provided in Section 4.14, and otherwise as not prohibited by this Indenture. The Notes shall not be
redeemable, other than as provided in Article III. 
 (e)    An unlimited aggregate principal amount of Additional Notes
ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created and issued from time to time by the Issuer without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the
same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise (other than issue date, issue price and, if applicable, the first interest payment date and the first date from which interest will accrue) as the Initial Notes; provided that the Issuer’s
ability to issue Additional Notes shall be subject to the Issuer’s compliance with Section 4.9 and Section 4.12; provided further that if any Additional Notes are not fungible with the Initial Notes for U.S. federal income tax
purposes, such Additional Notes shall have separate CUSIP and ISIN numbers from the Initial Notes. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including waivers, amendments,
redemptions and offers to purchase. Any Additional Notes shall be issued either pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer, pursuant to a resolution by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or pursuant to an indenture supplemental to
this Indenture. 
 Section 2.2.    Execution and Authentication. 

(a)    At least one Officer of the Issuer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Issuer by manual, electronic or
facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that or any office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid. 

(b)    A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until
authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto by the manual, electronic or facsimile signature of an authorized signatory of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and
delivered under this Indenture. 

  
 40 

Table of Contents

 (c)    On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a written
request or order of the Issuer signed by an Officer of the Issuer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes. In addition, at any time and from time to time, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order, authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes in an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes issued hereunder. 

(d)    The Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes in accordance
Section 7.10 hereof. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by
such agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders, the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer. 

(e)    The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery upon receipt of an Authentication Order from the
Issuer (a) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $243,283,000, (b) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes, and (c) any Unrestricted Global Notes (as defined in Appendix A)
issued in exchange for any of the foregoing in accordance with this Indenture. Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes,
Additional Notes or Unrestricted Global Notes. Upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer signed by one Officer of the Issuer, the Trustee shall authenticate Notes in substitution for Notes originally issued to reflect any name change of the
Issuer. 
 Section 2.3.    Registrar; Paying Agent. 

(a)    The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for
exchange (“Registrar”) and at least one office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (“Note Register”) and of their
transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any
co-registrar, and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer shall notify the
Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Issuer and/or any Restricted Subsidiary
may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
 (b) The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company to act as Depositary with respect to
the Global Notes. The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. 

Section 2.4.    Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. Unless otherwise agreed
with the Paying Agent, the Issuer shall, no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on each due date for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on any of the Notes, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such amount,
such sum to be held in trust for the Holders entitled to the same, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act. The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than
the Trustee to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, and shall notify the
Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it in trust for the benefit of the Holders to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may
require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, a Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a
separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer specified in Section 6.1(8), the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the
Notes. 

  
 41 

Table of Contents

 Section 2.5.    Holder
Lists. The Trustee, for so long as it is acting as Registrar, shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar,
the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least two Business Days before each interest payment date, and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the
names and addresses of the Holders. Every Holder, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent that none of the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent or any
agent of any of them shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any information as to the names and addresses of the Holders, regardless of the source from which such information was derived. 

Section 2.6.    Transfers and Exchange. 

(a)    The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for
registration of transfer and in compliance with Appendix A. 
 (b)    To permit registrations of transfers and
exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.2 or at the Registrar’s request. 

(c)    No service charge shall be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes (other
than pursuant to Section 2.7), but the Holders shall be required to pay any documentary, stamp, similar issue or transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such documentary, stamp, similar issue
or transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.6, 3.8, 4.10, 4.13 and 9.4). 

(d)    All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or
Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 

(e)    Neither the Issuer nor the Registrar shall be required (1) to issue, to register the transfer of or to
exchange any Note during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption in accordance with Section 3.2 and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (2) to
register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption, or tendered for repurchase (and not withdrawn) in connection with a Change of Control Offer, a Collateral Disposition Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer, in whole or in part,
except the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of any Note being redeemed or repurchased in part or (3) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date. 

(f)    Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may
deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal, premium, if any, and (subject to the record date provisions of the Notes) interest on such Notes and
for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

(g)    Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant
to Section 4.2, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate
principal amount. 

  
 42 

Table of Contents

 (h)    At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other
Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the
Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Appendix A. 

(i)    All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this
Section 2.6 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by mail or by facsimile or electronic transmission. 

(j)    Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by the
Issuer or the Registrar) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his or her attorney duly authorized in writing. 

Section 2.7.    Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the
Trustee or if a Holder claims that its Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and loss, destruction or theft of such Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon
receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are otherwise met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be provided by the Holder that is sufficient in the
judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge the Holder for the expenses of the Issuer and
the Trustee in replacing a Note. Every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. Notwithstanding
the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.7, in case any mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note. 

Section 2.8.    Outstanding Notes. 

(a)    The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it,
those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.8 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in
Section 2.9, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note; provided that Notes held by the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer will not be deemed to be outstanding to the extent
specified in Section 3.7(c)(1). 
 (b)    If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.7, it ceases to be
outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser, as such term is defined in Section 8-303 of the New York UCC. 

(c)    If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.1, it ceases to be outstanding and
interest on it ceases to accrue from and after the date of such payment. 
 (d)    If a Paying Agent (other than the
Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on the maturity date, any redemption date or any date of purchase pursuant to an Offer to Purchase, money sufficient to pay Notes payable or to be redeemed or purchased on that date, then
on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest. 

  
 43 

Table of Contents

 Section 2.9.    Treasury
Notes. In determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer, or by any Affiliate of the Issuer, shall be considered as though not
outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has written notice as being so owned shall be
so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to the
Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Notes that are to be acquired by the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer pursuant to
an exchange offer, tender offer or other agreement shall not be deemed to be owned by such entity until legal title to such Notes passes to such entity. To the extent the Issuer acquires Notes, the Issuer may in its discretion, but is not required
to, submit such Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. 

Section 2.10.    Temporary Notes. Until Definitive Notes are ready for
delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers
appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall
be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture. 
 
Section 2.11.    Cancellation. All Notes surrendered for payment, redemption, registration of transfer or exchange or for credit against any current or future sinking fund payment shall, if surrendered to any
Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee. All Notes so delivered to the Trustee shall be promptly cancelled by it. The Issuer may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered
hereunder which the Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee (or to any other Person for delivery to the Trustee) for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated hereunder which the Issuer has not issued
and sold, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. If the Issuer shall acquire any of the Notes, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption, cancellation or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented
by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation. If the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires any of the Notes, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may, but are not required to, submit
such Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes cancelled as provided in this Section 2.11, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All cancelled Notes held by the
Trustee shall be disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures. The Issuer may not issue new Notes or replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee shall, at the
Issuer’s written request, provide certification of the disposal of cancelled Notes. 

Section 2.12.    Interest and Defaulted Interest. 

(a)    Interest, if any, on the Notes which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any interest
payment date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 4.2;
provided, however, that each installment of interest, if any, on the Notes may at the Issuer’s option be paid by (i) mailing a check for such interest, payable to or upon the written order of the Person entitled thereto pursuant to
Section 2.14 or to the address of such Person as it 

  
 44 

Table of Contents

 
appears on the Note Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available
funds shall be required with respect to interest payable on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent at least five Business Days prior to the
applicable payment date. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 

(b)    If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful
manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.1. The Issuer shall notify the
Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in
respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such
defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment
date for such defaulted interest. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee of such special record date. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense
of the Issuer) shall mail or deliver by electronic transmission in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depositary, or cause to be mailed or delivered by electronic transmission in accordance with the applicable procedures of the
Depositary to each Holder a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 

(c)    Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under
this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue interest, which were carried by such other Note. 

Section 2.13.    CUSIP and ISIN Numbers The Issuer in issuing the Notes may
use CUSIP or ISIN numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP or ISIN numbers in notices of redemption or exchange or in Offers to Purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no
representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or exchange or in Offers to Purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers
printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or exchange or Offer to Purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP or ISIN numbers.

 Section 2.14.    Persons Deemed Owners

Prior to due presentment of a Note for registration of transfer, the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee may treat
the Person in whose name such Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Section 2.12) interest, if any, on such Note and for all other purposes
whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

None of the Issuer, the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of (i) the
records relating to or payments made on account of any participants in the Depositary or any beneficial ownership interests of a Global Note, (ii) maintaining, supervising or 

  
 45 

Table of Contents

 
reviewing any records maintained by any Depositary or participant therein or any other Person relating to such beneficial ownership interests, or (iii) any consent given or other action
taken by the Depositary or other Holder of a Note, as the registered holder thereof. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any
Global Note, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee, or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by any Depositary, as a Holder, with respect to
such Global Note or impair, as between such Depositary and owners of beneficial interests in such Global Note, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of such Depositary (or its nominee) as Holder of such Global
Note. 
 ARTICLE III 

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 

Section 3.1.    Notices to Trustee. If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes
pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.7, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least three Business Days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) before sending a notice of such redemption to the Holders, a
notice setting forth the (i) section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) redemption date and (iii) principal amount of Notes to be redeemed. Any such notice to the Trustee may be cancelled at any time
prior to notice of such redemption being sent to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect. 

Section 3.2.    Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. In the event that less
than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed among the Holders on a pro rata basis (except that any Notes represented by a Global Note will be redeemed by such method as the Depositary may
require) unless otherwise required by law or any applicable depositary or stock exchange requirements; provided, however, that no Notes of $2,000 in original principal amount or less shall be selected for redemption in part. 

On and after the redemption date, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or
portions of them called for redemption so long as the Issuer has deposited with the Paying Agent funds in satisfaction of the applicable redemption price pursuant to this Indenture (including accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes to be redeemed).
The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions (equal to $1,000 or any integral multiples of $1,000 thereof) of the principal of the Notes that have
minimum denominations larger than $2,000. 
 Section 3.3.    Notice of
Optional Redemption. The Issuer shall deliver or cause to be delivered in accordance with Section 12.2, a notice of optional redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed (with a copy to the Trustee), at least 30 days but not
more than 60 days before a redemption date (except that notices may be delivered more than 60 days before a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a transaction effected pursuant to Article VIII). Any notice of redemption made in
connection with a related transaction or event (including, without limitation, a Qualified Equity Offering, Change of Control, Asset Sale, financing or other transaction) may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be given prior to the completion or the
occurrence thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, the completion or occurrence of the related transaction or event, as the case
may be. In addition, if such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice will describe each such condition, and, if applicable, will state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the redemption date may be
delayed until such time (including more than 60 days after the date the notice of redemption was mailed or delivered, including by electronic transmission) as any or all such conditions are satisfied (or waived by the Issuer in its sole

  
 46 

Table of Contents

 
discretion), or that such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions are not satisfied (or waived by the Issuer in its sole discretion)
by the redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed, or that such notice may be rescinded at any time in the Issuer’s discretion if as determined in good faith by the Issuer, any or all of such conditions will not be satisfied. The
Issuer will provide the Trustee with written notice of the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions precedent, the delay of such redemption or the rescission of such notice of redemption in the same manner that the related notice of redemption was
given to the Trustee, and, at the request of the Issuer, the Trustee will send a copy of such notice to the Trustee to the Holders in the same manner that the related notice of redemption was given to such Holders. In addition, the Issuer may
provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. 

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed (including “CUSIP” numbers and corresponding “ISINs”, if
applicable) and shall state: 
 (1)    the redemption date; 

(2)    the redemption price (or the method by which it is to be determined); 

(3)    if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be
redeemed and that, after the redemption date, upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note (or appropriate adjustments to the amount and
beneficial interests in a Global Note will be made, as appropriate); 
 (4)    the name and address of
the Paying Agent; 
 (5)    that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to
collect the redemption price; 
 (6)    that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption
payment, interest, if any, on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 

(7)    the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for
redemption are being redeemed; 
 (8)    that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy
of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and 
 (9)    any conditions
precedent to such redemption. 
 At the Issuer’s written request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s
name and at the Issuer’s expense; provided, however, that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least three Business Days prior to the date of the giving of the notice of redemption (or such shorter period as is
acceptable to the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in the notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. Any such request to the Trustee may be
revoked or cancelled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being sent to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect. The notice sent in the manner herein provided shall be deemed to have been duly given whether or not the Holder
receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note shall not affect the validity of the proceeding for the redemption of any other Note. The notice of redemption issued pursuant to
Section 3.7(a) need not set forth the Applicable Premium but only the manner of calculation thereof. 

  
 47 

Table of Contents

 Section 3.4.    Effect of
Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is delivered in accordance with Section 3.3, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date at the applicable redemption price, subject to satisfaction of any
conditions specified in the notice of redemption. 
 Section 3.5.    Deposit
of Redemption Price. On or before 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the redemption date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer is the Paying Agent, shall segregate
and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption price on all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in
excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of all Notes to be redeemed. 
 If Notes called for redemption or tendered in a
Collateral Disposition Offer, Net Proceeds Offer or Change of Control Offer are paid or if the Issuer has deposited with the Trustee or Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and unpaid and accrued interest, if
any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest, if any, shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or tendered and not withdrawn in a Collateral
Disposition Offer, Net Proceeds Offer or Change of Control Offer (regardless of whether certificates for such securities are actually surrendered). If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related
interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon
surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest, if any, shall be paid on the unpaid principal from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful
on any interest, if any, not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case, at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 
4.1. 
 Section 3.6.    Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender and
cancellation of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order from the Issuer, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to
the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered and canceled; provided that each such new Note will be in a minimum denomination of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

Section 3.7.    Optional Redemption. 

(a)    The Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time prior to February 1, 2023 at
the option of the Issuer, upon notice as provided in Section 3.3, at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the
applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date). The Issuer will calculate the Treasury Rate
and Applicable Premium and, prior to the redemption date, provide an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee setting forth the Treasury Rate and the Applicable Premium and showing the calculation of each in reasonable detail. 

(b)    At any time or from time to time on or after February 1, 2023, the Issuer, at its option, may redeem the
Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as provided in Section 3.3, at a price of 100.000% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date
(subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date). 

  
 48 

Table of Contents

 (c)    At any time or from time to time prior to February 1, 2023,
the Issuer, at its option, may, on any one or more occasions, redeem up to 35.0% of the principal amount of the outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture (including any Additional Notes issued after the Issue Date), upon notice as provided in
Section 3.3, in an amount not greater than the net cash proceeds of one or more Qualified Equity Offerings at a redemption price equal to 109.750% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if
any, to, but excluding, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date); provided that: 

(1)    at least 65.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture on
the Issue Date (but excluding Notes held by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after giving effect to any such redemption; and 

(2)    the redemption occurs not more than 180 days after the date of the closing of any such Qualified
Equity Offering. 
 ARTICLE IV 

COVENANTS 
 
Section 4.1.    Payment of Notes. 
 The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium,
if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid for all purposes hereunder on the date the Trustee or the Paying Agent (if other than the
Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof) holds, as of 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the relevant payment date, U.S. dollars deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all such principal, premium, if
any, and interest then due. The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal and interest, if any, at the applicable interest rate on the Notes. 

Section 4.2.    Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

(a)    The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency where, subject to such reasonable regulations as the Issuer or the
Trustee may prescribe, Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer and Guarantors in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. 

(b)    The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such
office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands (other than service of legal
process) may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee; provided, however, the Trustee shall not be deemed an agent of the Issuer for service of process. 

(c)    The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be
presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such
other office or agency. 

  
 49 

Table of Contents

 (d)    The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.3. 

Section 4.3.    Provision of Financial Information. 

(a)    Whether or not required by the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will furnish to the Trustee
and the Holders, or, to the extent permitted by the SEC, file electronically with the SEC through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (“EDGAR”) (or any successor system) within the time periods
specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations for non-accelerated filers (including any permissible grace periods): 

(1)    all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Issuer were required to file such reports; and 

(2)    all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Issuer were required to file such reports. 
 (b)    The reports required
by this Section 4.3 do not need to comply with Sections 302, 906 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, items 307 and 308 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, Item 10(e) of
Regulation S-K, item 402 of Regulation S-K, Rules 3-09, 3-10 and 3-16 of Regulation S-X or any schedules required by Regulation S-X (in each case, including any successor provisions) and the Issuer
may omit from such reports any information otherwise permitted to be omitted by an “emerging growth company.” 

(c)    If a parent of the Issuer becomes a Guarantor, the reports required to be submitted or filed may be reports of such
parent, so long as the report includes a reasonable explanation of the material differences between the assets, liabilities and results of operations of such parent and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, on the
other hand. 
 (d)    If the Issuer has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, and such
Unrestricted Subsidiaries, individually or taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by Section 4.3(a) will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the
face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries excluding the Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
 (e)    So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will
also: 
  

	 	(1)	 not later than five Business Days after filing or furnishing a copy of each of the reports referred to in
Section 4.3(a)(1) with the SEC or the Trustee, hold a conference call to discuss the results of operations for the relevant reporting period, with the opportunity to ask questions of management (the Issuer may satisfy the requirements of this
clause (1) by holding the required conference call within the time period required by this clause (1) as part of any earnings call of the Issuer); and 

 

	 	(2)	 issue a press release to an internationally recognized wire service no fewer than three Business Days prior to
the date of the conference call required to be held in accordance with this paragraph, announcing the time and date of such conference call and either including all information necessary to access the call or directing Holders, prospective
investors, broker-dealers and securities analysts to contact the appropriate person at the Issuer to contact the appropriate person at the Issuer to obtain such information. 

  
 50 

Table of Contents

 (f)    The Issuer will be deemed to have furnished such reports to the
Trustee and the Holders if it (i) maintains a customary website (such as Intralinks) on which the reports required by Section 4.3(a) are posted along with details regarding the times and dates of conference calls required above and
information on how to access such conference calls (provided that the Trustee and the Holders are given prior written notice of such practice before the first posting thereof) or (ii) files such reports electronically with the SEC
through EDGAR (or any successor system). 
 (g)    For so long as any Notes remain outstanding and are not freely
transferable, the Issuer shall furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 

(h)    Any Default or Event of Default arising from a failure to furnish on a timely basis any financial information
required by this Section 4.3 will be deemed cured (and the Issuer will be deemed to be in compliance with this Section 4.3) upon furnishing such financial information (but without regard for the date on which such information is furnished;
provided that such cure occurs prior to an acceleration of the Notes, with any such acceleration not annulled, rescinded or waived by such cure). In addition, for purposes of Section 6.1(5), the Issuer will not be deemed in violation of this
Section 4.3 until 120 days after a report was otherwise due with respect to any failure to furnish any required information occurring on or prior to the first anniversary of the Issue Date. 

(i)    Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only, and the
Trustee’s receipt thereof shall not constitute actual or constructive knowledge or notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s, any Guarantor’s or any other
person’s compliance with any of the covenants in this Indenture or the Notes (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). The Trustee will not be obligated to monitor or confirm, on a continuing
basis or otherwise, the Issuer’s, any Guarantor’s or any other person’s compliance with any of the covenants described herein or to determine whether such reports, information or documents have been posted on any website or other
online data system or filed with the SEC through EDGAR (or other applicable system) or to participate in any conference calls. 
 
Section 4.4.    Compliance Certificate. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, when the Issuer delivers each annual report required pursuant to Section 4.3, an Officer’s Certificate stating that a
review of the activities of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether each has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its
obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that, to his or her knowledge, each entity has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not
in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have
knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that, to his or her knowledge, no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of, premium, if any,
or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

The Issuer shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, within 30 days after any
Officer becomes aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

Section 4.5.    Taxes. The Issuer shall pay, and shall cause each of its
Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency all material taxes, assessments and governmental levies, except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material
respect to the Holders of the Notes. 

  
 51 

Table of Contents

 Section 4.6.    Stay,
Extension and Usury Laws. The Issuer and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any
stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture, and the Issuer and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby
expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of
every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 

Section 4.7.    Limitation on Restricted Payments. 

(a)    The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make any
Restricted Payment if at the time of such Restricted Payment: 
 (1)    a Default shall have occurred and
be continuing or shall occur as a consequence thereof; 
 (2)    the Issuer is not able to incur at least
$1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception; or 
 (3)    the amount of
such Restricted Payment, when added to the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made after the Issue Date (other than Restricted Payments made pursuant to Sections 4.7(b)(2) through (13)), exceeds the sum (the “Restricted
Payments Basket”) of (without duplication): 
 (A)    50.0% of Consolidated Net Income of the
Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the period (taken as one accounting period) commencing on the first day of the fiscal quarter in which the Issue Date occurs to, and including, the last day of the fiscal quarter ended immediately prior to
the date of such calculation for which internal consolidated financial statements are available (or, if such Consolidated Net Income shall be a deficit, minus 100.0% of such deficit), plus 

(B)    100.0% of (a)(i) the aggregate net cash proceeds and (ii) the Fair Market Value of
(x) marketable securities (other than marketable securities of the Issuer), (y) Equity Interests of a Person (other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer) engaged in a Permitted Business and (z) other assets used in any Permitted
Business, received by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, in each case as a contribution to the Issuer’s common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Qualified Equity Interests of the Issuer or from the issue
or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Equity Interests of the Issuer or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Issuer that have been converted into or exchanged for such Qualified Equity Interests (other than Equity
Interests or debt securities sold to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or net cash proceeds received by the Issuer from Qualified Equity Offerings to the extent applied to redeem the Notes in accordance with the provisions set forth in
Section 3.7(c)), and (b) the aggregate net cash proceeds, if any, received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries upon any conversion or exchange described in clause (a) above, plus 

(C)    with respect to any Unrestricted Subsidiary that has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary
after the Issue Date, the Fair Market Value of the aggregate Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary prior to the time of such redesignation, plus 

  
 52 

Table of Contents

 (D)    to the extent not already included in
Consolidated Net Income for such period, an amount equal to the sum, without duplication, of (A) if any Restricted Investment that was made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated
or repaid for cash, the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment resulting from such sale, liquidation or repayment (less any out-of-pocket
costs incurred in connection with any such sale) plus (B) the net reduction in such Restricted Investment resulting from (1) repayments of loans or advances, or other transfers of assets, in each case to the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, (2) other repurchases, repayments or redemptions of such Restricted Investments and (3) the release of any Guarantee (except to the extent any amounts are paid under such Guarantee) that constituted a Restricted Investment,
plus 
 (E)    100% of any dividends or distributions received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries after the Issue Date from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, to the extent such dividends or distributions were not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for such period; 

provided, that the Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted
Payment pursuant to this clause (3) unless (i) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes does not exceed $150.0 million and (ii) the Total Leverage Ratio of the Issuer does not exceed 2.0 to 1.0 on a pro forma basis. 

(b)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section 4.7(a) shall not prohibit: 

(1)    the payment of any dividend or redemption payment or the making of any distribution within 60 days
after the date of declaration or issuance of the notice of redemption thereof if, on the date of declaration or issuance of the notice of redemption, the dividend, redemption or distribution payment, as the case may be, would have complied with the
provisions of this Indenture; 
 (2)    any Restricted Payment made in exchange for, or out of the
proceeds of, the substantially concurrent issuance and sale of Qualified Equity Interests (an issuance or sale being deemed substantially concurrent if the Restricted Payment occurs within 180 days after the issuance or sale); 

(3)    the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of
Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent incurrence of, Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 4.9 and the other terms
of this Indenture; 
 (4)    the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or
retirement for value of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) at a purchase price not greater than 101.0% of the principal amount of such Subordinated Indebtedness in the event of a Change of Control in
accordance with provisions similar to Section 4.13 or (B) at a purchase price not greater than 100.0% of the principal amount thereof in accordance with provisions similar to Section 4.10; provided that, prior to or
simultaneously with such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Issuer has made the Change of Control Offer, Collateral Disposition Offer or Net Proceeds Offer, as provided in Section 4.13 or
Section 4.10, as applicable, with respect to the Notes and has completed the repurchase or redemption of all Notes validly tendered for payment in connection with such Change of Control Offer, Collateral Disposition Offer or Net Proceeds Offer;

  
 53 

Table of Contents

 (5)    so long as no Default or Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries held by officers, directors or employees or former officers,
directors or employees (or their heirs, family members, spouses, former spouses, transferees, estates or beneficiaries under their estates), either (x) upon any such individual’s death, disability, retirement, severance or termination of
employment or service or (y) pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, stockholders’ agreement, compensation agreement or arrangement or similar agreement; provided, in any case, that the aggregate cash
consideration paid for all such redemptions, repurchases or other acquisitions or retirements shall not exceed (A) $5.0 million during any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried forward to subsequent calendar
years), provided that the aggregate amount of such redemptions, repurchases or other acquisitions or retirements for value of Equity Interests of the Issuer pursuant to this Section 4.7(b)(5)(A) since the Issue Date shall not exceed
$20.0 million, plus (B) the amount of any net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer from the issuance and sale after the Issue Date of Qualified Equity Interests to its officers, directors or employees that have not been
applied to the payment of Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (5), plus (C) the net cash proceeds of any “key-man” life insurance policies that have not been applied to the payment of
Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (5); and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from employees of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a
repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.7 or any other provision of this Indenture; 

(6)    (A) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions or retirements for value of Equity Interests of
the Issuer deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants, rights to acquire Equity Interests of the Issuer or other convertible securities (or other similar arrangements to acquire Equity Interests) to the extent such Equity Interests
of the Issuer represent a portion of the exercise or exchange price thereof, and (B) any repurchase, redemptions or other acquisitions or retirements for value of Equity Interests of the Issuer made in lieu of withholding taxes in connection
with any exercise, vesting or exchange of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance stock units, warrants or similar rights or other equity compensation; 

(7)    so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom,
dividends or distributions on Disqualified Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or on any Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, which Preferred Stock or Disqualified Equity Interests were issued in
compliance with Section 4.9 to the extent such dividends or distributions are included in the definition of Consolidated Interest Expense; 

(8)    payments of cash, dividends, distributions, advances or other Restricted Payments by the Issuer or
its Restricted Subsidiaries to allow (a) the payment of cash in lieu of fractional Equity Interests of the Issuer or (b) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value by the Issuer of fractional Equity Interests
arising out of dividends, splits or combinations, business combinations or other transactions permitted by this Indenture; 

  
 54 

Table of Contents

 (9)    payments or distributions to dissenting
stockholders pursuant to applicable law in connection with a merger, consolidation, amalgamation, reorganization or transfer of assets that complies with Section 5.1; 

(10)    cash distributions by the Issuer to the holders of Equity Interests of the Issuer in accordance
with a distribution reinvestment plan or dividend reinvestment plan to the extent such payments are applied to the purchase of Equity Interests directly from the Issuer; 

(11)    so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom,
the making of other Restricted Payments from time to time in an aggregate amount since the Issue Date not to exceed $17.5 million; 

(12)    the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of capital stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer
or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries the primary assets of which are cash or Cash Equivalents); and 

(13)    so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the purchase by
the Issuer of its Equity Interests if, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate consideration paid or payable for all such purchases does not exceed $12.5 million, 

provided that no issuance and sale of Qualified Equity Interests used to make a payment pursuant to clauses (2) or (5)(B) above shall increase the
Restricted Payments Basket to the extent of such payment. 
 (c)    For purposes of this Section 4.7, if any
Restricted Payment or Investment (or any portion thereof) would be permitted pursuant to one or more provisions described in this Section 4.7 and/or one or more exceptions contained in the definition of “Permitted Investments,”
the Issuer may divide or classify such Restricted Payment or Investment (or portion thereof) in any manner they complies with this Section 4.7, but shall not be permitted to later divide and reclassify any such Restricted Payment or Investment
(or portion thereof). 
 (d)    For the purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction
on Restricted Payments denominated in a foreign currency, the U.S. dollar-equivalent amount of such Restricted Payment shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date that such Restricted Payment was made. The
amount of any Restricted Payment (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment (or, in the case of a dividend, on the date of declaration) of the assets or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by
the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. 

Section 4.8.     Limitation on Dividend and Other Restrictions Affecting
Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on
the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on or in respect of its Equity Interests to
the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits (it being understood that the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating
distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on Common Stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Equity Interests); 

(b) make loans or advances, or pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed, to the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary (it being
understood that the subordination of loans or advances made to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness or obligations incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make
loans or advances); or 

  
 55 

Table of Contents

 (c)    transfer any of its property or assets to the Issuer or any other
Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that such transfers shall not include any type of transfer described in clause (a) or (b) above); 
 except
for, in each case: 
 (1)    encumbrances or restrictions existing under agreements existing on the Issue
Date (including, without limitation, the Newco Credit Agreement) as in effect on that date; 

(2)    encumbrances or restrictions existing under this Indenture, the Notes (including any Additional
Notes), the Guarantees, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents; 
 (3)    any instrument
governing Acquired Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person acquired by or merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any
Person, other than the Person or the properties or assets of the Person so acquired or any Restricted Subsidiary having no assets other than the Person or the properties or assets of the Person so acquired (including the Equity Interests of such
Person) and other de minimis assets; 
 (4)    any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by
or merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or
assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired (including after acquired property) or any Restricted Subsidiary having no assets other than the Person or
the properties or assets of the Person so acquired (including the capital stock of such Person) and other de minimis assets; 

(5)    any amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, increases, supplement, refunding, replacement or
refinancing of an agreement referred to in clauses (1), (2), (3), (4), (10) or this clause (5); provided, however, that such amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, increases, supplements, refunding, replacements or
refinancing are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the agreements referred to in such clauses on the Issue Date or the date such
Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged into a Restricted Subsidiary, whichever is applicable; 

(6)    encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of applicable law, regulation, order,
approval, license, permit or similar restriction or agreement with governmental authorities with respect to assets located in their jurisdiction; 

(7)    non-assignment provisions of any contract, license or any
lease entered into in the ordinary course of business and customary provisions contained in agreements related to the license of intellectual property; 

(8)    Liens permitted to be incurred under the provisions of Section 4.12; 

(9)    restrictions imposed under any agreement to sell Equity Interests or assets, as permitted under this
Indenture, to any Person pending the closing of such sale; 

  
 56 

Table of Contents

 (10)    any other agreement governing Indebtedness or
other obligation entered into after the Issue Date that either (A) contains encumbrances and restrictions that in the good faith judgment of the Issuer are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to any Restricted
Subsidiary than those in effect on the Issue Date with respect to that Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to agreements in effect on the Issue Date or those contained in this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, or (B) contains encumbrances or
restrictions that are customary and do not prohibit (except upon a default or an event of default thereunder) the payment of dividends in an amount sufficient, as determined by the Issuer in good faith, to make scheduled payments of cash interest
and principal on the Notes when due; 
 (11)    customary provisions in partnership agreements, limited
liability company organizational governance documents, joint venture agreements, shareholder agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business that restrict the disposition or distribution of ownership interests
in or assets of such partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, corporation or similar Person; 

(12)    Purchase Money Indebtedness, security agreements or mortgage financings for property acquired in
the ordinary course of business and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof incurred in compliance with Section 4.9 that imposes restrictions of the nature described in Section 4.8(c) on the assets acquired; 

(13)    restrictions on cash, Cash Equivalents or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers,
suppliers, lessors or landlords under contracts or leases entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(14)    any encumbrance or restriction with respect to an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to or by reason
of an agreement that the Unrestricted Subsidiary is a party to entered into before the date on which such Unrestricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such agreement was not entered into in anticipation of the
Unrestricted Subsidiary becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and any such encumbrance or restriction shall not extend to any assets or property of the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary other than the assets and property so acquired; 

(15)    any encumbrance or restriction contained in the terms of any Indebtedness or any agreement pursuant
to which such Indebtedness was incurred if either (A) the encumbrance or restriction applies only in the event of a Payment Default or a default with respect to a financial covenant in such Indebtedness or agreement or (B) the Issuer
determines that any such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Issuer’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or management of the Issuer, whose
determination shall be conclusive; and 
 (16)    supermajority voting requirements existing under
corporate charters, by-laws, stockholders agreements and similar documents and agreements. 
 
Section 4.9.     Limitation on Additional Indebtedness. 
 (a)    The Issuer shall
not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness); provided that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur additional Indebtedness (including
Acquired Indebtedness), in each case, if, after giving effect thereto on a pro forma basis (including giving pro forma effect to the application of the proceeds thereof), the Issuer’s Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio would be at least 2.00
to 1.00 (the “Coverage Ratio Exception”); provided, further, that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may 

  
 57 

Table of Contents

 
not incur any Indebtedness pursuant to this Section 4.9(a) if the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors (pursuant to this
Section 4.9(a) and clauses (2), (3), (8), (11), (13) and (15) of Section 4.9(b)) exceeds $25.0 million. 

(b)    Notwithstanding the above, each of the following incurrences of Indebtedness shall be permitted (the
“Permitted Indebtedness”): 
 (1)    Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor under
one or more Debt Facilities in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and
bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) and any guarantees thereunder not to exceed the greater of (A) $150.0 million and (B) the Borrowing Base; 

(2)    Indebtedness represented by: 

(A)    the Initial Notes and related Guarantees (excluding any Additional Notes and related Guarantees);

 (B)    additional Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount
(including any other then-outstanding Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness (other than the Notes)) such that, after giving effect to such incurrence and the use of proceeds thereof, the Total Second Lien Leverage Ratio would not exceed 1.50 to
1.00; and 
 (C)    Junior Lien Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (including any other
then-outstanding Junior Lien Indebtedness) not to exceed the greater of (A) $100.0 million and (B) an amount such that, after giving effect to such incurrence and the use of proceeds thereof, the Total Secured Leverage Ratio would not
exceed 2.50 to 1.00; 
 provided, further, that in the case of clauses 2(B) and 2(C) above, either (i) the Issuer would
have been able to incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception or (ii) the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than or equal to such Consolidated
Interest Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such incurrence; 
 (3)    Indebtedness of the Issuer and
its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent outstanding on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness referred to in clauses (1), (2), (4), (5), (6), (7), (9), (10), (12) and (14) of this Section 4.9(b)); 

(4)    guarantees by (A) the Issuer or any Guarantor of Indebtedness, which Indebtedness is permitted
to be incurred by the Issuer or any Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; provided that in the event such Indebtedness that is being guaranteed is Subordinated Indebtedness, then the related guarantee shall be
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be, and (B) Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors of Indebtedness incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors in accordance with the
provisions of this Indenture; 
 (5)    Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations entered into for bona fide
hedging purposes of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and not for the purpose of speculation; provided that in the case of Hedging Obligations relating to interest rates, (a) such Hedging Obligations
relate to payment obligations on Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred by this covenant and (b) the notional principal amount of such Hedging Obligations at the time incurred does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness to
which such Hedging Obligations relate; 

  
 58 

Table of Contents

 (6)    Indebtedness of the Issuer owed to and held by a
Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that 

(A)    if the Issuer is the obligor on Indebtedness and a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is
the obligee, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations with respect to the Notes; 

(B)    if a Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a
Guarantor is the obligee, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor; and 

(C)    (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests or any other event which results in any
such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary; and 

(ii)    any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Issuer or any other
Restricted Subsidiary; 
 shall be deemed, in each case of this clause (C), to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness
not permitted by this clause (6); 
 (7)    Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims,
bank guarantees, warehouse receipt or similar facilities, property, casualty or liability insurance, take-or-pay obligations in supply arrangements, self-insurance
obligations or completion, performance, bid performance, appeal, deposit or surety bonds in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees or obligations or reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary
course of business, including letters of credit supporting such workers’ compensation claims, bank guarantees, warehouse receipt or similar facilities, property, casualty or liability insurance, take-or-pay obligations in supply arrangements, self-insurance obligations or completion, performance, bid performance, appeal or surety bonds, or other similar obligations in the ordinary course of business;

 (8)    Purchase Money Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate
principal amount, taken together with Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, not to exceed at any time outstanding the greater of (A) $25.0 million and (B) 5.0% of the Issuer’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets determined at the time
of incurrence; 
 (9)    Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution
of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; 

(10)    Indebtedness arising in connection with endorsement of instruments for deposit in the ordinary
course of business; 
 (11)    Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to Indebtedness incurred pursuant to
the Coverage Ratio Exception or with respect to Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (2) or (3) above, this clause (11) or clause (15) below; 

  
 59 

Table of Contents

 (12)    indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-out or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or Equity Interests of a
Restricted Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Equity Interests for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that any amount of such
obligations included on the face of the balance sheet of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be permitted under this clause (12) (contingent obligations referred to on the face of a balance sheet or in a footnote thereto and not
otherwise quantified and reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed “included on the face of the balance sheet” for purposes of the foregoing); 

(13)    additional Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount
which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (13) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (A) $50.0 million and (B) 10.0% of the Issuer’s Consolidated Net
Tangible Assets determined at the time of incurrence; 
 (14)    Indebtedness in respect of Specified
Cash Management Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (15)    Indebtedness of
Persons incurred and outstanding on the date on which such Person (or its assets) was acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or merged or consolidated with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, and Indebtedness incurred by
the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in order to finance and consummate one or more acquisitions, mergers or consolidations; provided, however, that at the time such Person or assets is/are acquired by the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary, or merged or consolidated with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or at the time of such merger, acquisition or consolidation, and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause
(15) and any other related Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof, either (A) the Issuer would have been able to incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception or (B) the Consolidated Interest
Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than or equal to such Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation; and 

(16)    Indebtedness to the extent the net proceeds thereof are deposited to defease or satisfy and
discharge the Notes in their entirety. 
 (c)    For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.9, in
the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (b)(1) through (b)(16) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception, the
Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, classify such item of Indebtedness and may divide and/or classify such Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described (including in part in one category and in part in another category,
including the Coverage Ratio Exception) (except that any Indebtedness incurred under the Newco Credit Agreement on the Issue Date or any refinancing thereof shall be deemed to have been incurred under clause (b)(1) above and may not be
reclassified), and may later divide and/or reclassify any item of Indebtedness described in clauses (b)(1) through (b)(16) above or incurred pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception (provided that at the time of reclassification it meets the
criteria in such category or categories). In addition, for purposes of determining any particular amount of Indebtedness under this Section 4.9, (i) guarantees, Liens or letter of credit obligations supporting Indebtedness otherwise included in
the determination of such particular amount shall not be included so long as incurred by a Person that could have incurred such Indebtedness; and (ii) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof
will be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP. 

  
 60 

Table of Contents

 (d)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary stated herein, with
respect to any amounts incurred or transactions entered into (or consummated) in reliance on a provision (or a subclause of any provision) that does not require compliance with a financial ratio (any such amounts, the “Fixed
Amounts”) substantially concurrently with any such amounts incurred or transactions entered into (or consummated) in reliance on a provision (or a subclause of any provision) of this Indenture that requires compliance with a financial ratio
(including any Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio, Total Second Lien Leverage Ratio and Total Secured Leverage Ratio) (any such amounts, the “Ratio-Based Amounts”), such Fixed Amounts shall be disregarded in the calculation of the
financial ratio applicable to any substantially concurrent utilization of the Ratio-Based Amounts within the same covenant. 

(e)    The accrual of interest or Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock dividends or distributions, the accretion or
amortization of accreted value or original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms and the payment of dividends or distributions on Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock
in the form of additional shares will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness under this Section 4.9; provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Consolidated Interest Expense of the Issuer as accrued to
the extent required by the definition thereof. 
 (f)    For the purposes of determining compliance with any U.S.
dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto shall be calculated based on the relevant currency
exchange rate in effect on the earlier of the date that such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to
refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such
refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced, together
with the amount of accrued and unpaid interest and any premium payable to the holders of such refinanced Indebtedness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.9, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary may incur under this Section 4.9 will not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred
in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. 

(g)    If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary
shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under this Section 4.9, the Issuer shall be in Default under this Section 4.9). 

(h)    The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness
(including Acquired Indebtedness) that is or purports to be by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) subordinated or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) of the
Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, as the case may be, to the same extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness
is subordinated to such other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be. For purposes 

  
 61 

Table of Contents

 
of the foregoing, no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness solely by virtue of (1) being unsecured or
(2) its having a junior priority with respect to the same collateral. 

Section 4.10.     Limitation on Asset Sales. 

(a) 
 (1) The
Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Sale of Collateral unless: 

(A)    the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration (including by
way of relief or forgiveness from, or by way of any other Person assuming sole responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at least equal to the Fair Market Value (such Fair Market Value to be determined as of the date of
contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale) of the Collateral subject to such Asset Sale; 
 (B)    at
least 75.0% of the consideration from such Asset Sale received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of (A) cash, (B) Cash Equivalents, (C) Replacement Assets of a type which would constitute
Collateral (which is thereupon with their acquisition added to the Collateral securing the Notes in the manner provided for in this Indenture or any Security Documents) or (D) any combination of the foregoing; 

(C)    (a) in the case of an Asset Sale for proceeds constituting
non-cash consideration exceeding $10.0 million in value, including any Replacement Assets received or to be invested in with such proceeds, the Fair Market Value of such
non-cash consideration is set forth in an Officer’s Certificate classifying such consideration as Designated Non-cash Consideration, and (b) in the case of an
Asset Sale for proceeds constituting non-cash consideration exceeding $20.0 million in value, including any Replacement Assets received or to be invested in with such proceeds, the Fair Market Value of
such non-cash consideration is determined to be accurate in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer; 

(D)    for so long as the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes exceeds $150.0 million or
the Total Leverage Ratio of the Issuer is greater than 2.0 to 1.0, the Issuer shall make an Asset Sale Excess Cash Flow Offer as set forth under Section 4.14 below with 100% of the Net Available Proceeds from any such Asset Sale; and 

(E)    to the extent that any consideration from such Asset Sales received by the Issuer or such Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, constitutes securities or other assets that are of a type or class that constitute Collateral, such securities or other assets, including the assets of any Person that becomes a Guarantor as a result of such
transaction, are concurrently with their acquisition added to the Collateral securing the Notes in the manner provided for in this Indenture or any of the Security Documents. 

(2)    If at any time any non-cash consideration received by the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in connection with any Asset Sale of Collateral is repaid or converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (other than interest received with respect to any such non-cash consideration), then the date of such repayment, conversion or disposition shall be deemed to constitute the date of an Asset Sale hereunder and the Net Available Proceeds thereof shall be applied in
accordance with this Section 4.10. 

  
 62 

Table of Contents

 (3)    Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor
Agreement, within 365 days of the date of such Asset Sale of Collateral, unless required to make an Asset Sale Excess Cash Flow Offer, the Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may be, may (1) use any Net Available Proceeds received from Asset
Sales of Collateral to repay, redeem, retire, defease, replace, refinance or repurchase any ABL Obligations or other Pari Passu First Lien Indebtedness, (2) use any Net Available Proceeds received from Asset Sales of Collateral to repay,
redeem, retire, defease, replace, refinance or repurchase Second Lien Secured Obligations; provided that if the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary repays, redeems or repurchases any Second Lien Secured Obligations other than the Notes, the
Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary must equally and ratably redeem or repurchase (or offer to repurchase) the Notes, at the Issuer’s option, as provided for in Section 3.7, through open market purchases (to the extent such purchases are
at a purchase price at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any) or by making an offer to all holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest
(and such offer shall be deemed for purposes of this Section 4.10 to be a use of proceeds from an Asset Sale equal to the aggregate amount of Net Available Proceeds offered to the Holders of Notes, whether or not the offer is accepted by any or
all Holders of Notes), or (3) invest any Net Available Proceeds received from Asset Sales of Collateral in Replacement Assets that would constitute Collateral, which Replacement Assets are thereupon with their acquisition added to the
Collateral securing the Notes in the manner provided for in this Indenture or any of the Security Documents; provided that the Replacement Assets shall not include the Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries for purposes of the requirement
unless the relevant Asset Sale consisted of the sale of Equity Interests of a Foreign Subsidiary; provided, however, that in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness that is not Indebtedness under an asset-based
revolving debt facility subject to a borrowing base pursuant to clause (1) or (2) of this clause 4.10(a)(3), the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary shall retire such Indebtedness and shall cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be
permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased. 

(4)    Any Net Available Proceeds from Asset Sales of Collateral that are not applied or invested as
provided in this subsection (a) will be deemed to constitute “Excess Collateral Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Collateral Proceeds exceeds $30.0 million, the Issuer will be required to make an offer (a
“Collateral Disposition Offer”) to all Holders of Notes to purchase the maximum principal amount of the Notes (on a pro rata basis) and, if required by the terms of any other Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness, to the
holders of such Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis), to which the Collateral Disposition Offer applies that may be purchased out of the Excess Collateral Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of
the principal amount of the Notes and such other Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture in a
principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof with respect to the Notes. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to a Collateral Disposition Offer
(together with, if required by the terms of any other Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness, the amount of Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness tendered pursuant to any similar requirement), is less than the Excess Collateral Proceeds,
the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Collateral Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to the other covenants contained in this Indenture and the Security Documents. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders of
the Notes and, if required by the holders of Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness, holders of any Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness exceeds the amount of Excess Collateral Proceeds, the Notes and Pari Passu Second Lien
Indebtedness to be purchased shall be selected on a pro rata basis on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness. Upon completion of such Collateral Disposition Offer (whether or not

  
 63 

Table of Contents

 
any Notes are tendered in connection therewith), the amount of Excess Collateral Proceeds shall be reset at zero. The Issuer may make a Collateral Disposition Offer if Excess Collateral Proceeds
are less than $30 million and prior to 365 days after an Asset Sale of Collateral. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Net Available Proceeds or Excess Collateral Proceeds are required to be applied to prepay Indebtedness
under the Newco Credit Agreement or other Pari Passu First Lien Indebtedness, the Issuer may make a prepayment with respect to such Indebtedness out of such Net Available Proceeds or Excess Collateral Proceeds, at a price in cash in an amount
equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Indebtedness, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of prepayment (and correspondingly reduce commitments with respect to the Newco Credit Agreement or other Pari
Passu First Lien Indebtedness, in each case, solely to the extent that such Indebtedness is not Indebtedness under an asset-based revolving debt facility subject to a borrowing base). 

(5)    Pending the final application of any such Net Available Proceeds in accordance with
Section 4.10(a)(3) and (a)(4), the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Indebtedness or otherwise utilize or invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. 

(b) 

(1)    The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Asset Sale (other
than Asset Sales of Collateral, which shall be treated in the manner set forth in Section 4.10(a) above) unless: 

(A)    the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration (including by
way of relief or forgiveness from, or by way of any other Person assuming sole responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at least equal to the Fair Market Value (such Fair Market Value to be determined as of the date of
contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale) of the Equity Interest or assets subject to such Asset Sale; 

(B)    either (x) at least 75.0% of the consideration from such Asset Sale received by the Issuer or
such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents or a combination thereof or (y) the Fair Market Value of the aggregate of all non-cash consideration for all
Asset Sales since the Issue Date would not exceed 5.0% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Issuer after giving effect to such Asset Sale, if at any time any non-cash consideration received by the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in connection with any Asset Sale is repaid or converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (other than interest received with respect to any such
non-cash consideration), then the date of such repayment, conversion or disposition shall be deemed to constitute the date of an Asset Sale hereunder and the Net Available Proceeds thereof shall be applied in
accordance with this Section 4.10; 
 (C)    (a) in the case of an Asset Sale for proceeds
constituting non-cash consideration exceeding $10.0 million in value, including any Replacement Assets received or to be invested in with such proceeds, the Fair Market Value of such non-cash consideration is set forth in an Officer’s Certificate classifying such consideration as Designated Non-cash Consideration, and (b) in the case of an Asset
Sale for proceeds constituting non-cash consideration exceeding $20.0 million in value, including any Replacement Assets received or to be invested in with such proceeds, the Fair Market Value of such non-cash consideration is determined to be accurate in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer; and 

  
 64 

Table of Contents

 (D)    for so long as the aggregate principal amount of
outstanding Notes exceeds $150.0 million or the Total Leverage Ratio of the Issuer is greater than 2.0 to 1.0, the Issuer shall make an Asset Sale Excess Cash Flow Offer as set forth under Section 4.14 hereof with 100% of the Net Available
Proceeds from any such Asset Sale; or 
 (E)    if the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes is
less than $150.0 million and the Total Leverage Ratio of the Issuer does not exceed 2.0 to 1.0, then within 365 days following such Asset Sale, an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Proceeds from such Asset Sale is applied by the Issuer
or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as follows (it being understood that actions under clause (ii), (iii) or (iv) may occur prior to actions under clause (i) during such 365-day
period): 
 (i)    to the extent the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary elects (or is required by the
terms of any Indebtedness), to prepay, repay or purchase Indebtedness (other than Disqualified Equity Interests or Subordinated Indebtedness) (in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer, unless such
Affiliate only sells its pro rata portion of any Notes acquired by the Issuer in any open market purchases or pursuant to any offer to purchase Notes) within 365 days after the date of such Asset Sale; 

(ii)    to the extent the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary elects to acquire all or substantially all
of the properties and assets of a Person in a Permitted Business, to acquire any capital stock of a Person in a Permitted Business if said Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, to acquire other assets that are used or useful in a Permitted
Business, to make an Investment in assets that will be used or useful in a Permitted Business or to reinvest in assets of or usable in a Permitted Business (including equity securities of a Permitted Business) (including by means of an investment in
such assets by a Restricted Subsidiary with Net Available Proceeds received by the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) within 365 days from the date of such Asset Sale (provided that any assets so acquired will become part of the
Collateral in the manner provided for in this Indenture or any of the Security Documents); 

(iii)    to the extent the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary elects to make an investment in a capital
expenditure used or useful in a Permitted Business within 365 days after the date of such Asset Sale; provided that to the extent such investment is of a type which would constitute Collateral, such investment is thereupon added to the
Collateral in the manner provided for in this Indenture or any of the Security Documents; 
 (iv)    to
make an offer to purchase the Notes and any Pari Passu Indebtedness with similar asset sale provisions, pro rata at 100% of the tendered principal amount thereof (or 100% of the accreted value of such other Pari Passu Indebtedness so
tendered, if such Pari Passu Indebtedness was offered at a discount) plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the purchase date; and 

(v)    to the extent of the balance of such Net Available Proceeds after application in accordance with
clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above, to fund (to the extent consistent with any other applicable provision of this Indenture) any corporate purpose; 

provided, however, that in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness that is not Indebtedness under an
asset-based revolving debt facility subject to a borrowing base pursuant to clause (i) or (iv) above, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary will retire such Indebtedness and will 

  
 65 

Table of Contents

 
cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased; provided, further, that pending the final
application of any such Net Available Proceeds in accordance with this clause (C), the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Indebtedness or otherwise utilize or invest such Net Available Proceeds in any manner not prohibited
by this Indenture. 
 (2)    In the case of Section 4.10(a)(3) or Section 4.10(b)(1)(E), if,
during the 365-day period following the date of the Asset Sale, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into a written agreement committing it to apply such Net Available Proceeds in accordance with
the requirements of Section 4.10(a)(3) or Section 4.10(b)(1)(E) after such 365-day period, then such 365-day period will be extended with respect to the amount
of Net Available Proceeds so committed for a period not to exceed 180 days, until such Net Available Proceeds are required to be applied in accordance with such agreement (or, if earlier, until termination of such agreement) or has been applied
toward such construction, as the case may be. 
 (c)    In the event of an Asset Sale that requires the purchase of
Notes or in which the Issuer elects to purchase Notes pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(1)(E)(iv), the Issuer will be required to apply such Excess Proceeds to the repayment of the Notes and any other Pari Passu Indebtedness outstanding with
similar provisions requiring the Issuer to make an offer to purchase such Indebtedness with the proceeds from any Asset Sale as follows: 

(1)    the Issuer will make an offer to purchase (a “Net Proceeds Offer”) within ten
Business Days of such time from all Holders of Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture in the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of an amount (the “Note Amount”) equal to the
product of such Excess Proceeds multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of the Notes and the denominator of which is the sum of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes and such Pari Passu
Indebtedness; and 
 (2)    to the extent required by such Pari Passu Indebtedness to permanently
reduce the principal amount of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, the Issuer will make an offer to purchase or otherwise repurchase or redeem such Pari Passu Indebtedness (a “Pari Passu Offer”) in an amount equal to the
excess of the Excess Proceeds over the Note Amount at a purchase price of 100% of their principal amount (or 100% of the accreted value of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, if such Pari Passu Indebtedness was offered at a discount) plus
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, to the purchase date in accordance with the procedures (including prorating in the event of oversubscription) set forth in this Indenture with respect to the Net Proceeds Offer and in the
documentation governing such Pari Passu Indebtedness with respect to the Pari Passu Offer. If the aggregate purchase price of the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer and Pari
Passu Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the remaining Excess Proceeds will be available to the Issuer for use in accordance with clause (b)(1)(E)(v) above. The Issuer shall only be required to make an Net Proceeds Offer for Notes pursuant
to this Section 4.10 if the Net Available Proceeds available therefor (after application of the proceeds as provided in clauses (b)(1)(E)(i), (b)(1)(E)(ii) and (b)(1)(E)(iii) above) (the “Excess Proceeds”) exceeds
$30.0 million (and any lesser amounts shall be carried forward for purposes of determining whether an Net Proceeds Offer is required with respect to the Net Available Proceeds from any subsequent Asset Sale). Upon completion of any such Net
Proceeds Offer (whether or not any Notes are tendered in connection therewith), the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. The Issuer may make a Net Proceeds Offer if Excess Proceeds are less than $30 million and prior to 365 days
after an Asset Sale. 

  
 66 

Table of Contents

 (d)    The Collateral Disposition Offer or Net Proceeds Offer will
remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Net Proceeds Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the
termination of the Net Proceeds Offer Period (the “Net Proceeds Purchase Date”), the Issuer will purchase the principal amount of Notes, Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness and Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable,
required to be purchased pursuant to this Section 4.10 (the “Net Proceeds Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Net Proceeds Offer Amount has been so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, all Notes, Pari Passu
Second Lien Indebtedness and Pari Passu Indebtedness, if applicable, validly tendered in response to the Collateral Disposition Offer or the Net Proceeds Offer, as applicable. 

(e)    If the Net Proceeds Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest
payment date, then with respect to Holders who have tendered their Notes for purchase pursuant to a Collateral Disposition Offer or Net Proceeds Offer, any accrued and unpaid interest will be paid on such Net Proceeds Purchase Date to the Person in
whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders of Notes who tender Notes pursuant to the Collateral Disposition Offer or Net Proceeds Offer. 

(f)    On or before the Net Proceeds Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro
rata basis to the extent necessary, the Net Proceeds Offer Amount of Notes, Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness and Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable, or portions of Notes, Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness and Pari
Passu Indebtedness, as applicable, so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Collateral Disposition Offer or Net Proceeds Offer, or if less than the Net Proceeds Offer Amount has been validly tendered and not properly
withdrawn, all Notes, Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness and Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable, so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof
in the case of the Notes. The Issuer or the applicable tender agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five Business Days after termination of the Net Proceeds Offer Period) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder of
Notes or holder or lender of Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness or Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes, Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness or Pari Passu
Indebtedness so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn by such holder or lender, as the case may be, and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and, in the case of Notes in non-global form, the Issuer will
promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon delivery of an Authentication Order from the Issuer, will authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered;
provided that each such new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Any Note not so accepted will be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The
Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Collateral Disposition Offer or Net Proceeds Offer, as the case may be, on the Net Proceeds Purchase Date. 

(g)    For purposes of Sections 4.10(a)(1)(B) and 4.10(b)(1)(B) and for no other purpose, the following shall be deemed to
be cash: 
 (1)    the amount (without duplication) of any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or
such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet) (other than Subordinated Indebtedness or intercompany Indebtedness) of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary that is expressly assumed, discharged or otherwise forgiven by the
transferee of any such assets pursuant to a written agreement that releases, discharges or forgives the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability therefor; 

  
 67 

Table of Contents

 (2)    the amount of any securities, notes or other
obligations received from such transferee that are within 180 days after such Asset Sale converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash actually so received); 

(3)    any assets or Equity Interests of the kind referred to in clause (b)(1)(E)(ii) and (b)(1)(E)(iii) of
this Section 4.10; 
 (4)    accounts receivable of a business retained by the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, following the sale of such business, provided that such accounts receivable (i) are not past due more than 60 days and (ii) do not have a payment date greater than 90 days from the date of
the invoices creating such accounts receivable; and 
 (5)    any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated
Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (E), not to exceed an amount equal to 5.0% of the Issuer’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets (determined at the time of receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration), with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to
subsequent changes in value. 
 (h)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the sale, conveyance or other disposition of all
or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will be governed by Section 4.13 and/or Section 5.1 and not by this Section 4.10. 

(i)    The Issuer shall comply with all applicable securities laws and regulations in the United States, including,
without limitation, the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the purchase of Notes pursuant to a Collateral Disposition Offer or a
Net Proceeds Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any applicable securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.10, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have
breached its obligations under this Section 4.10 by virtue of such compliance. 

Section 4.11.     Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. 

(a)    The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, in one
transaction or a series of related transactions, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets to, or purchase any assets from, or enter into any contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the
benefit of, any Affiliate (an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration to or from the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in excess of $10.0 million, unless: 

(1)    the terms of such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions are not
materially less favorable to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could reasonably be expected to have been obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction in arm’s length dealings
with a Person who is not such an Affiliate, or if in the good faith judgment of the Issuer’s Board of Directors, no comparable transaction is available with which to compare such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions, or are otherwise fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view; and 

  
 68 

Table of Contents

 (2)    the Issuer delivers to the Trustee, with respect
to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate value in excess of $20.0 million, an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions
complies with clause (1) above. 
 (b)    The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to: 

(1)    transactions to the extent between or among (i) the Issuer and one or more Restricted
Subsidiaries or (ii) Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (2)    employment agreements, equity awards,
compensation plans, deferred compensation plans, severance agreements and arrangements, director, trustee, officer and employee compensation (including bonuses) and other benefits (including pursuant to any employment agreement or any retirement,
health, stock option or other benefit plan), payments to employees, officers, directors and consultants of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and indemnification arrangements, including any other compensation plans, agreements or
arrangements, benefit plans, retirement plans, savings plans, vacation plans and directors and officers insurance arrangements entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and payments pursuant thereto,
in each case, as determined in good faith by the Issuer’s Board of Directors or senior management; 

(3)    Permitted Investments or Restricted Payments which are made in accordance with Section 4.7;

 (4)    any agreement in effect on the Issue Date (and performance thereunder) or as thereafter amended
or replaced in any manner that, taken as a whole, is not materially less advantageous to the Issuer than such agreement as it was in effect on the Issue Date; 

(5)    any transaction with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) which would
constitute an Affiliate of the Issuer solely because the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Person; 

(6)    advances to officers, directors and employees for moving, entertainment and travel expenses and
similar expenditures, in each case, in the ordinary course of business; 
 (7)    transactions with
customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that in the reasonable determination of the
Board of Directors of the Issuer or the senior management of the Issuer, such transactions are on terms not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably be expected to be obtained in
a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Issuer; 

(8)    the issuance or sale of any Qualified Equity Interests of the Issuer and the granting of
registration and other customary rights in connection therewith to, or the receipt of capital contributions from, Affiliates of the Issuer; 

(9)    any transaction where the only consideration paid by the Issuer or the relevant Restricted
Subsidiary is Qualified Equity Interests of the Issuer; 

  
 69 

Table of Contents

 (10)    transactions between the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary and any Person, a director of which is also a director of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, and such director is the sole cause for such Person to be deemed an Affiliate of the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such director shall abstain from voting as a director of the Issuer or such direct or indirect parent company, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person; 

(11)    the entering into of a tax sharing agreement, or payments pursuant thereto, between the Issuer
and/or one or more Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any other Person with which the Issuer or such Subsidiaries are required or permitted to file a consolidated tax return or with which the Issuer or such Subsidiaries are part of a consolidated
group for tax purposes to be used by such Person to pay taxes, and which payments by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not in excess of the tax liabilities that would have been payable by them on a stand-alone basis; 

(12)    transactions with respect to which the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a
letter from an independent investment bank, appraisal firm, valuation firm or accounting firm stating that the transaction is fair to the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial point of view or otherwise complies with
the standard in Section 4.11(a)(1); 
 (13)    pledges by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of
Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary for the benefit of lenders or other creditors of the Unrestricted Subsidiary; and 

(14)    Investments by Affiliates in securities of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (so long as the
Investment is being generally offered to other investors on the same or more favorable terms, any participation in a tender or exchange offer for securities or debt instruments issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are
conducted on arm’s-length terms and provide for the same price or exchange, as the case may be, to all holders accepting such tender or exchange offer, and payments to an Affiliate in respect of notes,
capital stock or Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary on the same basis as concurrent payments made or offered in respect thereof to non-Affiliates. 

Section 4.12.     Limitation on Liens. 

(a)    The Issuer and each Guarantor shall not, and the Issuer shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or
indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of their property or assets (including Equity Interests of any Subsidiary), whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter
acquired, which Lien secures Indebtedness. 
 (b)    If the Issuer or any Guarantor, directly or indirectly, shall
create, incur, assume or permit or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind upon any of their property or assets (including Equity Interests of any Subsidiary), whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, (x) in the case of Liens
securing any of the ABL Obligations, Pari Passu First Lien Indebtedness or Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall, contemporaneously with the incurrence of such Lien, grant at least
a second-priority Lien consistent with the relative Lien priority set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement subject to Permitted Liens, upon such property or asset as security for the Notes and the Guarantees pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement
and any other applicable intercreditor agreement, and (y) in the case of Liens securing Junior Lien Obligations, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall, contemporaneously with the incurrence of such Lien, grant a priority Lien
relative to such Junior Lien Obligations subject to Permitted Liens, upon such property or asset as security for the Notes and the Guarantees pursuant to a Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or other applicable intercreditor agreement. 

  
 70 

Table of Contents

 Section 4.13.     Offer to
Purchase upon Change of Control. 
 (a)    Upon the occurrence of any Change of Control, unless the Issuer has
issued a notice of redemption with respect to all of the Notes previously or concurrently as described in Section 3.7, each Holder will have the right, except as provided below, to require that the Issuer purchase all or any portion (equal to
$2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes for a cash price (the “Change of Control Purchase Price”) equal to 101.0% of the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased, plus accrued and
unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase. 
 (b)    Not later than 30 days following any
Change of Control, the Issuer will deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice: 

(1)    describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control; 

(2)    offering to purchase, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in the
notice (a “Change of Control Offer”), on a date specified in the notice, which shall be a Business Day not earlier than 30 days, nor later than 60 days, from the date the notice is delivered (the “Change of Control Payment
Date”), and for the Change of Control Purchase Price, all Notes properly tendered by such Holder pursuant to such Change of Control Offer prior to 5:00 p.m. New York time on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment
Date; and 
 (3)    describing the procedures, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with this
Indenture, that Holders must follow to accept the Change of Control Offer. 
 (c)    On or before the Change of Control
Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful: 
 (1)    deposit with the applicable tender agent
an amount equal to the Change of Control Purchase Price in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; 

(2)    accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes (of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in
excess thereof) properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; and 
 (3)    deliver or cause
to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Issuer. 

(d)    The applicable tender agent will promptly deliver to each Holder who has so tendered Notes the Change of Control
Purchase Price for such Notes, and, in the case of non-global forms of Notes, the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of
the Notes so tendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

(e)    If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest
payment date, then with respect to Holders who have tendered their Notes for purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Change of Control Payment Date will be paid on the Change
of Control Payment Date to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date. 

  
 71 

Table of Contents

 (f)    A Change of Control Offer shall remain open for at least 20
Business Days or for such longer period as is required by law. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 

(g)    The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (i) a third
party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes properly tendered
and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer, (ii) a notice of redemption with respect to all outstanding Notes has been given pursuant to Section 3.7, unless or until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption
price, or (iii) in connection with or in contemplation of any publicly announced Change of Control, the Issuer has made an offer to purchase (such offer to purchase described in this clause (iii), an “Alternate Offer”) any and
all Notes validly tendered at a cash price equal to or higher than the Change of Control Purchase Price and has purchased all Notes properly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Alternate Offer. 

(h)    If Holders of not less than 90.0% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not
withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer or Alternate Offer and the Issuer, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuer as described above, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such
Holders, the Issuer will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer or an Alternate Offer, as applicable, to redeem all
Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a redemption price in cash equal to the applicable Change of Control Purchase Price or Alternate Offer price, as applicable, plus, to the extent not included in the Change of Control Purchase
Price or Alternate Offer price, as applicable, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of redemption. 

(i)    The Issuer shall comply with all applicable securities legislation in the United States, including, without
limitation, the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the purchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent
that the provisions of any applicable securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.13, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under
this Section 4.13 by virtue of such compliance. 
 (j)    The provisions in this Section 4.13 relating to the
Issuer’s obligation to make a Change of Control Offer may be waived, modified or terminated with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. 

(k)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer or Alternate Offer may be made
in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer or Alternate Offer. The closing date of any such Change
of Control Offer made in advance of a Change of Control may be changed to conform to the actual closing date of the Change of Control, whether or not later than 60 days from the date the Change of Control Offer notice is delivered as described
above. 
 Section 4.14.     Excess Cash Flow Purchase Offer. So long as
the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes exceeds $150.0 million or the Total Leverage Ratio of the Issuer is greater than 2.0 to 1.0, and in the event that in any six-month period, commencing
with the six-month period beginning on July 1, 2020, Excess Cash Flow for such period is positive, the Issuer will be required, no later than the Excess Cash Flow Offer Date, to make an offer (an
“Excess Cash Flow Offer”) to all holders of Notes to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased with an amount equal to 75% of 

  
 72 

Table of Contents

 
Excess Cash Flow for such six-month period (such amount, an “Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount”); provided that the Excess Cash Flow Offer
Amount for such period shall be reduced by (i) the aggregate principal amount of Notes retired by the Issuer (whether pursuant to open market purchases, tender offers or optional redemptions) during such applicable fiscal year except to the
extent funded through an incurrence of long-term Indebtedness and, in each case, other than through operation of an Excess Cash Flow Offer, (ii) mandatory repayments or prepayments (including buybacks) of Indebtedness under the Newco Credit
Agreement incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1) hereof and, in the case of any such Indebtedness consisting of revolving loans, to the extent not financed with the incurrence of other long-term Indebtedness and (iii) the aggregate amount
of all capital expenditures made or accrued by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the relevant Excess Cash Flow Offer Period; provided, further, that no Excess Cash Flow Offer shall be required with respect to any Excess Cash
Flow Offer Period to the extent Excess Cash Flow for such period is equal to or less than $10.0 million for such Excess Cash Flow Offer Period. In addition, so long as the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes exceeds
$150.0 million or the Total Leverage Ratio of the Issuer is greater than 2.0 to 1.0, upon the receipt of any Net Available Proceeds from an Asset Sale during a particular Excess Cash Flow Offer Period, the Issuer will be required, on the next
Excess Cash Flow Offer Date, to make an offer (an “Asset Sale Excess Cash Flow Offer”) to all holders of Notes to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased with an amount equal to 100% of such Net Available
Proceeds. The offer price of the Notes in such Asset Sale Excess Cash Flow Offer or Excess Cash Flow Offer will be an amount in cash equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of repurchase.
To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Excess Cash Flow Offer or Excess Cash Flow Offer is less than the amount of Net Available Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount, as applicable, the Issuer and
its Restricted Subsidiaries may use any remaining Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Net Available
Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis based upon principal amount (subject to adjustments so that no Notes in an unauthorized denomination are repurchased in part), or in
the case of global notes, subject to The Depository Trust Company’s applicable procedures. 

Section 4.15.    Corporate Existence. Subject to Article V, the Issuer shall
do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each of the Guarantors in accordance with the
respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Issuer or any Guarantor; provided that the Issuer shall not be required to preserve the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of the
Guarantors, if the Issuer shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and the Guarantors, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the
Holders. Subject to Section 5.1 and the requirements of the Pledge and Security Agreement, nothing herein shall prohibit any Guarantor or Restricted Subsidiary from converting into a corporation, limited partnership or limited liability company
in the same or a different jurisdiction in accordance with applicable law (so long as all Collateral owned by such entity prior to such conversion remains Collateral owned by the entity following such conversion). 

Section 4.16.    Additional Guarantees. 

(a) If any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not already a Guarantor shall guarantee any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor
under any Debt Facility (including the Newco Credit Agreement) after the Issue Date, then the Issuer shall, within five Business Days thereof, cause such Restricted Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in
substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor with respect to the Notes, upon the terms and subject to the release provisions and other limitations set forth in Article XI.
Any Guarantee of a Guarantor shall be released in accordance with Section 11.5. Any 

  
 73 

Table of Contents

 
Guarantee that is required pursuant to Section 11.5 will be automatically released upon the release of the applicable Restricted Subsidiary from its liability with respect to all
Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors. 
 (b) Each Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a Guarantor on or after the Issue Date shall,
also within five Business Days thereof, become a party to the applicable Security Documents and shall as promptly as practicable execute and deliver such security instruments, financing statements, certificates, Officer’s Certificates and
Opinions of Counsel (to the extent, and substantially in the form, delivered on the Issue Date) as may be necessary to vest in the Collateral Agent a perfected first or second-priority security interest, as the case may be (subject to Permitted
Liens), in properties and assets that constitute Collateral as security for the Notes or the Guarantees and as may be necessary to have such property or asset added to the applicable Collateral as required under the Security Documents and this
Indenture, and thereupon all provisions of this Indenture relating to the Collateral shall be deemed to relate to such properties and assets to the same extent and with the same force and effect. 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (a) and (b), a Foreign Subsidiary is not required to become a Guarantor hereunder if the
accession of such subsidiary as a Guarantor could reasonably be expected (in good faith by the Issuer but in its sole determination) to result in material adverse tax consequences to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and so long as the
Holders’ ability to receive payment in full with respect to the Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes will not be impaired (it being understood that the materiality of such adverse tax consequences of guaranteeing the Notes by such
Foreign Subsidiary shall be analyzed with respect to the incremental tax burden of the guarantee of the Notes and not the initial guarantee of Indebtedness by such Foreign Subsidiary). 

Section 4.17.    Limitation on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
(a) The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Subsidiary (including any newly formed or newly acquired Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger or consolidation or Investment therein) of the Issuer as an
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” under this Indenture (a “Designation”) only if: 
 (1) no Default
or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or after giving effect to such Designation; and 

(2) the Issuer would be permitted to make, at the time of such Designation, (a) a Permitted Investment or (b) an
Investment pursuant to Section 4.7, in either case, in an amount (the “Designation Amount”) equal to the Fair Market Value of the Issuer’s proportionate interest in such Subsidiary on such date. 

(b) No Subsidiary shall be Designated as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” unless: 

(1) all of the Indebtedness of such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries shall, at the date of Designation, consist of Non-Recourse Debt, except for the pledge by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Equity Interests of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and except for any guarantee of Indebtedness of such Subsidiary by the
Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that is permitted as both an incurrence of Indebtedness and an Investment (in each case in an amount equal to the amount of such Indebtedness so guaranteed) permitted under Section 4.7 and Section 4.9;

 (2) except to the extent permitted by Section 4.11, on the date such Subsidiary is Designated an Unrestricted
Subsidiary, such Subsidiary is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary unless the terms of the agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are not materially less
favorable to the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably be expected to have been obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Issuer; and 

  
 74 

Table of Contents

 (3) such Subsidiary is a Person with respect to which neither the Issuer nor
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests of such Person or (b) to maintain or preserve the Person’s financial condition or to cause the Person to achieve
any specified levels of operating results. 
 (c) Any such Designation by the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall be evidenced by filing
with the Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer giving effect to such Designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Designation complies with the foregoing conditions. If, at any time, any Unrestricted
Subsidiary fails to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of the Subsidiary and any Liens on assets of such
Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary at such time and, if the Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred under Section 4.9 or the Lien is not permitted under Section 4.12, the Issuer shall be in default of
the applicable covenant. 
 (d) The Board of Directors of the Issuer may redesignate an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary
(a “Redesignation”) only if: 
 (1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at
the time of and after giving effect to such Redesignation; and 
 (2) all Liens, Indebtedness and Investments of such
Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding immediately following such Redesignation would, if incurred or made at such time, have been permitted to be incurred or made for all purposes of this Indenture. 

Any such Redesignation shall be evidenced by filing with the Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer giving effect to
such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Redesignation complies with the foregoing conditions. 
 
Section 4.18.    No Layering of Debt. 
 The Issuer will not incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or
otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Secured Indebtedness and senior in right of payment to the Notes, or that is secured by a Lien ranking junior in priority to the Lien on any
Secured Indebtedness and ranking senior in priority to the Lien securing the Notes (including by way of contractual subordination or any other arrangements providing for lien priority). No Guarantor will incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or
otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Secured Indebtedness of such Guarantor and senior in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee. 

Section 4.19.    Effectiveness of Covenants. 

(a) Following the first day (such date, a “Suspension Date”) on which (1) the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating from
both of the Rating Agencies, and (2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the following covenants (collectively, the
“Suspended Covenants”): 
  

	 	(i)	 Section 4.7, Limitation on Restricted Payments; 

  
 75 

Table of Contents

	 	(ii)	 Section 4.8, Limitation on Dividend and Other Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries;

  

	 	(iii)	 Section 4.9, Limitation on Additional Indebtedness; 

 

	 	(iv)	 Clauses (b) and (c) of Section 4.10, Limitation on Asset Sales; 

 

	 	(v)	 Section 4.11, Limitation on Affiliate Transactions; 

 

	 	(vi)	 Section 4.16, Additional Guarantees (but only with respect to any Person that is required to become a
Guarantor after the date of the commencement of the applicable Suspension Date); 

  

	 	(vii)	 Section 4.17, Limitation on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; and 

 

	 	(viii)	 Section 5.1(a)(3), Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance, Transfer or Lease. 

(b) If at any time after a Suspension Date, a credit rating assigned to the Notes is downgraded from an Investment Grade Rating by any Rating
Agency or if a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then the Suspended Covenants will thereafter be reinstated as if such covenants had never been suspended (the “Reinstatement Date”) and be applicable pursuant to
the terms of this Indenture (including in connection with performing any calculation or assessment to determine compliance with the terms of this Indenture), unless and until the Notes subsequently attain an Investment Grade Rating from both Rating
Agencies and no Default or Event of Default is in existence (in which event the Suspended Covenants shall no longer be in effect for such time that the Notes maintain an Investment Grade Rating from both Rating Agencies and no Default or Event of
Default is in existence); provided, however, that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none
of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for, any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period (as defined below), regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable
Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reinstatement Date is referred to as the “Suspension Period.” 

(c) On the Reinstatement Date, (i) all Indebtedness incurred during the Suspension Period will be deemed to have been outstanding on the
Issue Date so that it is classified under Section 4.9(b)(3), (ii) any transaction with an Affiliate entered into after the Suspension Date will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified under
Section 4.11(b)(4), (iii) any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to take any actions described in the first paragraph of Section 4.8 entered into after the Suspension Date and
existing on the Reinstatement Date will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified under clause (1) of Section 4.8 and (iv) any Investment made after the Suspension Date will be deemed to have been
made on the Issue Date, so that it is classified under clause (14) of the definition of “Permitted Investment.” Calculations made after the Reinstatement Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under
Section 4.7 will be made as though Section 4.7 had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as
Restricted Payments under Section 4.7(a). 
 (d) During any period when the Suspended Covenants are suspended, the Board of Directors
of the Issuer may not designate any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this Indenture. 

  
 76 

Table of Contents

 (e)    Promptly following the occurrence of any Suspension Date or
Reinstatement Date, the Issuer will provide an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee regarding such occurrence. The Trustee shall have no obligation to monitor or independently determine or verify if a Suspension Date or Reinstatement Date has
occurred or notify the Holders of any Suspension Date or Reinstatement Date. The Trustee may provide a copy of such Officer’s Certificate to any Holder of the Notes upon request. 

ARTICLE V 
 SUCCESSORS

 Section 5.1.     Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance, Transfer or
Lease. 
 (a)    The Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly, in a single transaction or a series of related
transactions, consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving Person), or sell, lease, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of or assign all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its
Restricted Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to any Person unless: 
 (1)    either: 

(A)    the Issuer will be the surviving or continuing Person; or 

(B)    the Person (if other than the Issuer) formed by or surviving or continuing from such consolidation
or merger or to which such sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition or assignment shall be made (collectively, the “Successor”) is a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership organized and existing
under the laws of the United States or of any State of the United States or the District of Columbia, and the Successor expressly assumes by agreement all of the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture, and the Security
Documents and Successor shall cause such amendments, supplements or other instruments to be executed, filed and recorded in such jurisdictions as may be required by applicable law to preserve and protect the Lien on the Collateral owned by or
transferred to such Successor, together with such financing statements or comparable documents as may be required to perfect any security interests in such Collateral which may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement or a similar
document under the Uniform Commercial Code or other similar statute or regulation of the relevant states or jurisdictions; provided, that if the Successor is not a corporation, a Restricted Subsidiary that is a corporation expressly assumes
as co-obligor all of the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to a supplemental indenture to this Indenture executed and delivered to the Trustee; 

(2)    immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption of the obligations as set
forth in clause (1)(B) above and the incurrence of any Indebtedness to be incurred in connection therewith, and the use of any net proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 

(3)    immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and the assumption of the obligations
as set forth in clause (1)(B) above and the incurrence of any Indebtedness to be incurred in connection therewith, and the use of any net proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis, (i) the Issuer or its Successor, as the case may be, could incur
$1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception or (ii) the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio for the Issuer or its Successor, as the case may be, and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than or equal to
such Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio prior to such transaction; and 

  
 77 

Table of Contents

 (4)    the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such merger, consolidation or transfer and such agreement and/or supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture and that all covenants and conditions precedent to
the execution and delivery of such agreement and/or supplemental indenture have been satisfied. 
 For purposes of this Section 5.1, any
Indebtedness of the Successor which was not Indebtedness of the Issuer immediately prior to the transaction shall be deemed to have been incurred in connection with such transaction. 

(b)    Except in circumstances under which this Indenture provides for the release of the Guarantee of a Guarantor as
described in Section 11.5, no Guarantor will, and the Issuer will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not
the Guarantor is the surviving Person), or sell, lease, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of or assign all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor to any Person, unless either: 

(1) 
  

	 	(a)	 (A) such Guarantor will be the surviving or continuing Person; or (B) the Person (if other than such
Guarantor) formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger is the Issuer or another Guarantor or assumes, by agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of such Guarantor under the
Guarantee of such Guarantor and this Indenture and the Security Documents and the successor Guarantor shall cause such amendments, supplements or other instruments to be executed, filed and recorded in such jurisdictions as may be required by
applicable law to preserve and protect the Lien on the Collateral owned by or transferred to such successor Guarantor, together with such financing statements or comparable documents as may be required to perfect any security interests in such
Collateral which may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement or a similar document under the Uniform Commercial Code or other similar statute or regulation of the relevant states or jurisdictions; 

 

	 	(b)	 immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing; and 

  

	 	(c)	 the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each
stating that such merger or consolidation and such agreements and/or supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture and that all covenants and conditions precedent to the execution and delivery of such agreement and/or supplemental
indenture have been satisfied; or 

(2)                    the
transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10. 
 For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or
otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer, the Equity Interests of which constitute all or substantially all of the
properties and assets of the Issuer, will be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer. 

  
 78 

Table of Contents

 (c)    Upon any consolidation or merger of the Issuer or a Guarantor, or
any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or a Guarantor in accordance with the foregoing, in which the Issuer or such Guarantor is not the continuing obligor under the Notes or its Guarantee, as applicable, the surviving
entity formed by such consolidation or merger or into which the Issuer or such Guarantor is merged or the Person to which the sale, conveyance, lease, transfer, disposition or assignment is made will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may
exercise every right and power of, the Issuer or such Guarantor under the Notes or its Guarantee, as the case may be, this Indenture and the Security Documents with the same effect as if such surviving entity had been named therein as the Issuer or
such Guarantor and, except in the case of a lease, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, will be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes or in respect of its Guarantee, as the case may be, and all
of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s other obligations and covenants under the Notes or its Guarantee as the case may be, this Indenture and the Security Documents. 

(d)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate or merge with or into or convey,
transfer, sell, dispose, assign or lease, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or substantially all of its assets to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the Issuer or any Guarantor may consolidate or merge with
or into or convey, transfer or lease, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or another Guarantor or merge with a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer solely for the purpose of
reincorporating the Issuer or Guarantor in a State of the United States or the District of Columbia, as long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby. 

For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions shall not apply to, or be triggered by, the Transactions. 

ARTICLE VI 
 DEFAULTS AND
REMEDIES 
 Section 6.1.    Events of Default. Each of the following
is an “Event of Default”: 
 (1)    failure to pay interest on any of the Notes when the
same becomes due and payable and the continuance of any such failure for 30 days; 
 (2)    failure to
pay principal of or premium, if any, on any of the Notes when it becomes due and payable, whether at Stated Maturity, upon redemption, required purchase, acceleration or otherwise; 

(3)    failure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with any of their respective
agreements or covenants described in Section 5.1; 
 (4)    failure by the Issuer to comply in
respect of its obligations to make a Change of Control Offer as described in Section 4.13 or either a Collateral Disposition Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer as described in Section 4.10 and continuance of this failure for 30 days after
notice of the failure has been given to the Issuer by the Trustee or to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding; 

(5)    except as described in clauses (3) and (4) of this Section 6.1, failure by the Issuer or
any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with any other covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture, the Notes, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Security Documents and continuance of this failure for 60 days after notice of the failure has been
given to the Issuer by the Trustee or to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding; 

  
 79 

Table of Contents

 (6)    default by the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries under any mortgage, indenture or other instrument or agreement under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced Indebtedness for borrowed money by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness
now exists or is incurred after the Issue Date, other than intercompany Indebtedness, which default: 

(A)    is caused by a failure to pay at its Stated Maturity principal on such Indebtedness within the
applicable express grace period and any extensions thereof, or 
 (B)    results in the acceleration of
such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity (which acceleration is not rescinded, annulled or otherwise cured within 30 days of receipt by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of notice of any such acceleration), 

and, in each case, the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other Indebtedness with respect to
which an event described in clause (A) or (B) has occurred and is continuing, aggregates $30.0 million or more; 

(7)    one or more final judgments entered by a court of competent jurisdiction (to the extent not covered
by insurance) for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $30.0 million shall be rendered against the Issuer, any of its Significant Subsidiaries or group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer that, taken together (as of the
latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 60 consecutive days during which execution shall not
be effectively stayed; 
 (8)    the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer or group of
Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of
any Bankruptcy Law: 
 (A)    commences a voluntary case, 

(B)    consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 

(C)    consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

 (D)    makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or 

(E)    generally is not paying, or is unable to pay, or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts
as they become due; or 
 (F)    a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any
Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (i)    is for relief against the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the
Issuer or group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary
case; 

  
 80 

Table of Contents

 (ii)    appoints a custodian of the Issuer or any
Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer or group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer or group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements
for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or 

(iii)    orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer or group of
Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary 

and, in each case, the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or 

(9)    any Guarantee of a Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Guarantors that,
taken together, as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Guarantee and this Indenture)
or is declared null and void and unenforceable or found to be invalid or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Guarantors that, taken together, as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer, would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary) denies its liability under the Guarantee of such Guarantor (other than by reason of release of such Guarantor or such group of Guarantors from its Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the
Guarantee); or 
 (10)    the occurrence of any of the following: 

(A)    any Security Document or any obligation under the Intercreditor Agreement is held in any judicial
proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid in any material respect or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect in any material respect, other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, the relevant Security Documents or the
Intercreditor Agreement; provided that it will not be a Default if the sole result is that any Lien with a fair market value of not more than $20.0 million ceases to be enforceable; 

(B)    with respect to any Collateral having a fair market value in excess of $20.0 million,
individually or in the aggregate, (x) the failure of the security interest with respect to such Collateral under the Security Documents, at any time, to be in full force and effect in any material respect for any reason other than in accordance
with the terms of the relevant Security Documents and the terms of this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable, and other than the satisfaction in full of all obligations under this Indenture and discharge of this Indenture if such
failure continues for 60 days or (y) the assertion by the Issuer or any Guarantor, in any pleading in any court of competent jurisdiction, that any such security interest is invalid or unenforceable; provided that it will not be an Event
of Default if such condition results from the action or inaction of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent; or 

(C)    the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary that is a Guarantor (or any such Guarantors that taken
together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), or any Person acting on behalf of any of them, denies or disaffirms, in writing, any material obligation of the Issuer or such Significant Subsidiary that is a Guarantor (or such Guarantors that
taken together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) set forth in or arising under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Security Document. 

  
 81 

Table of Contents

Section 6.2.    Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of
Default specified in Section 6.1(8) with respect to the Issuer) shall have occurred and be continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee, by written notice to the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 25.0% in aggregate principal amount of the
Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may declare (an “acceleration declaration”) all amounts owing under the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such acceleration declaration, the aggregate principal
of and accrued and unpaid interest on the outstanding Notes shall become due and payable immediately. 
 If an Event of Default specified in
Section 6.1(8) occurs with respect to the Issuer, then all outstanding Notes shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration, further action or notice to the extent permitted by applicable law. 

In the case of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(6) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding,
however, any resulting Payment Default with respect to the Notes) will be annulled, waived and rescinded with respect to the Notes, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 30 days after such Event of Default
first arose the Issuer delivers an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that (a) the Indebtedness or Guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been paid or discharged, (b) the holders of the Indebtedness have
rescinded or waived the acceleration giving rise to such Event of Default or (c) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been otherwise cured; provided, however, that in no event shall an acceleration of the
principal amount of the Notes as described above be annulled, waived or rescinded upon the happening of any such events. 
 After such
acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may rescind and annul such acceleration and its consequences if: 

(1)    the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree; 

(2)    all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived other than nonpayment of accelerated
principal and interest; 
 (3)    to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on
overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; and 

(4)    the Issuer has paid the Trustee and the Collateral Agent its reasonable compensation and reimbursed
the Trustee and the Collateral Agent for its reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances. 
 No such rescission shall affect any
subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 
 Section 6.3.    
Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any
provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not
produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event
of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 

  
 82 

Table of Contents

 Section 6.4.     Waiver of
Past Defaults. Subject to Section 9.2, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, waive
any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under this Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes. Upon any such waiver, such Default
shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture. 

Section 6.5.     Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or the Collateral Agent or exercising any trust power conferred on them. However,
(i) the Trustee or the Collateral Agent may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that may involve the Trustee or the Collateral Agent in personal liability, or that the Trustee or the Collateral Agent
determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of Holders not joining in the giving of such direction and (ii) the Trustee or the Collateral Agent may take any other action it deems proper that is not inconsistent with any
such direction received from the Holders. 
 Section 6.6.     Limitation on
Suits. A Holder may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes (subject to the Intercreditor Agreement) only if: 

(1)    the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default; 

(2)    the Holder or Holders of at least 25.0% in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes make a
written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (3)    such Holder or Holders offer the Trustee
indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any costs, liability or expense; 
 (4)    the Trustee does
not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity; and 

(5)    during such 60-day period, the Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction that is inconsistent with the request. 
 A Holder
may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder. 
 
Section 6.7.     Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the contractual right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, or
interest on, such Note or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment, on or after the due date expressed in the Notes, shall not be modified without the consent of the Holder. 

Section 6.8.     Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default
specified in Section 6.1(1) or Section 6.1(2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium and
interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, their agents and counsel. 

  
 83 

Table of Contents

 Section 6.9.     Trustee May
File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent (including any claim for the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, their agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its
creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other securities or property payable or deliverable upon the conversion or exchange of the Notes or on any such claims, and any custodian
in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to
it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, their agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee or Collateral Agent under Section 7.6. To the extent that the payment
of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances to the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, their agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee or Collateral Agent under Section 7.6 out of the estate in any such proceeding,
shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding,
whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing in this Section 6.9 shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 

Section 6.10.     Priorities. (a)(1) With respect to the Collateral, if
the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article VI, it shall pay out the money and property in the following order: 

First: to the ratable payment of fees, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and court costs) of
the First Lien Collateral Agent and the agent or representative of any Pari Passu First Lien Indebtedness; 
 Second: to the
ratable payment of the ABL Obligations and any Pari Passu First Lien Indebtedness, in accordance with the First Lien Documents and the documents governing such Pari Passu First Lien Indebtedness until payment in full of such
Obligations; 
 Third: to the ratable payment of fees, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and
court costs), and indemnities of the Collateral Agent and the Trustee in respect of the Notes and any other Second Lien Secured Obligations; 

Fourth: to the ratable payment of the Second Lien Obligations under the Notes Documents and any other Second Lien Secured Obligations,
in accordance with this Indenture and the documents governing such Second Lien Secured Obligations; and 
 Fifth: the balance, if
any, to the Grantors or to whosoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct. 

Prior to the ABL Obligations Payment Date (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), any Collateral, including without
limitation any such Collateral constituting proceeds, that may be received by any holder of Second Lien Secured Obligations in violation of the Intercreditor 

  
 84 

Table of Contents

 
Agreement shall be segregated and held in trust and promptly paid over to the First Lien Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the First Lien Secured Parties, in the same form as received, with
any necessary endorsements, and each holder of the Second Lien Secured Obligations authorizes the First Lien Collateral Agent to make any such endorsements as agent for the Collateral Agent (which authorization, being coupled with an interest, is
irrevocable). 
 (2)     Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement (to the extent applicable), if the Trustee collects any
money or property pursuant to this Article VI that does not constitute Collateral, it shall pay out the money and property in the following order: 

First: to the ratable payment of fees, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and court costs), and
indemnities of the Collateral Agent and the Trustee in respect of the Notes and any other Second Lien Secured Obligations; 
 Second:
to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest,
respectively; and 
 Third: the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 

(b)    The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

 Section 6.11.     Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the
enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as the Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to
pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or
defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7, or a suit by Holders of more than 10.0% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 

ARTICLE VII 
 TRUSTEE

 Section 7.1.     Duties of Trustee. 

(a)    If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers
vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs. 

(b)    Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1)    the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture,
and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(2)    the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the
opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein);
provided, however, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions furnished to it to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 

(c)    The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or
its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1)    this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph
(b) of this Section 7.1; 
 (2)    the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment
made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 

  
 85 

Table of Contents

 (3)    the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to
any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5; and 

(4)    no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur
any liability. 
 (d)    The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on or the investment of any money received by it
except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

(e)    Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the
Trustee is subject to this Section 7.1. 
 (f)    The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon facsimile, pdf or
electronic transmission of documents hereunder. 
 Section 7.2.     Rights of
Trustee. 
 (a)    The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from
acting on any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, notice, report, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other document (whether in original or facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed
or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated therein. 
 (b)    Before
the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s
Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. Prior to taking, suffering or admitting any action, the Trustee may consult with counsel of the Trustee’s own choosing, and the Trustee shall be fully protected from liability in respect of any action taken,
suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in conclusive reliance on the advice or opinion of such counsel. 

(c)    The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence
of any attorney or agent appointed with due care. 
 (d)    The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or
omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 

(e)    Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer
or a Guarantor shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer or such Guarantor. 
 (f)    The Trustee shall
be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee
against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 

(g)    The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution,
certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or documents, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or
investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine 

  
 86 

Table of Contents

 
during normal business hours the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer, subject to execution of reasonable confidentiality
agreements and attorney-client privilege, and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 

(h)    The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation,
its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, the Collateral Agent, the Agents and each other agent, custodian and Person employed to act hereunder. 

(i)    The Trustee may request that the Issuer and each of the Guarantors deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s
Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of Officers of the Issuer and each Guarantor, as applicable, authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees on behalf of the
Issuer and/or the Guarantors, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any Person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not
superseded. 
 (j)    The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or be charged with knowledge of any Default or
Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or the Trustee shall have received from the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes or from any Holder written notice thereof at its address set forth in
Section 12.2 and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture and states that it is an “notice of default.” In the absence of such actual knowledge or such notice, the Trustee may conclusively assume that no such Default or
Event of Default exists. 
 (k)    In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect,
punitive, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 

(l)    The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties
hereunder. 
 (m)    The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; provided, however,
that if it acquires any conflicting interest, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days or resign. 
 (n)    The
Issuer will be responsible for making calculations called for under the Notes, including but not limited to determination of redemption price, premium, if any, and any other amounts payable on the Notes. The Issuer will make the calculations in good
faith and, absent manifest error, its calculations will be final and binding on the Holders of the Notes. The Issuer will provide a schedule of its calculations to the Trustee, upon request, when applicable, and the Trustee is entitled to rely
conclusively on the accuracy of the Issuer’s calculations without independent verification. 

Section 7.3.     Individual Rights of the Trustee. The Trustee in its
individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee
acquires any conflicting interest, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Section 7.9. 

Section 7.4.     Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall
not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee, it shall not be accountable for the use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the
Issuer’s 

  
 87 

Table of Contents

 
direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be
responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes, any Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee hereunder, or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than
the Trustee’s certificate of authentication hereunder. 
 Section 7.5.    
Notice of Defaults. If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall deliver to Holders a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days
after it occurs, unless such Default shall have been cured or waived. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the
Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders. 

Section 7.6.     Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuer shall pay to the
Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and for all services rendered by it hereunder as agreed upon in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a
trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services, except any such expense,
disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or willful misconduct. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 

Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee (which for purposes of this Section 7.6 shall
include its officers, directors, employees and agents) against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses incurred by it (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) arising out of or in
connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, the performance of its obligations and/or exercise of its rights hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer or any
Guarantor (including this Section 7.6) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties
hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense shall be caused by its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure
by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. In the event that defense of any such claim is assumed by the Issuer or a Guarantor, it shall be done so with the Trustee’s consent, and the
Trustee may have one separate counsel, and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel for the Trustee. The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Section 7.6 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this
Indenture, the payment of the Notes or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. 
 To secure the Issuer’s payment obligations in this
Section 7.6, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal or interest, if any, on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the payment of the Notes and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. 
 When the Trustee
incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(8) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses
of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 

  
 88 

Table of Contents

 Section 7.7.     Replacement
of Trustee. A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.7. 

The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer in writing. The
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee upon 30 days’ prior notice by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if: 

(a)    the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.9; 

(b)    the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee
under any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (c)    a receiver of the Trustee or of its property is appointed or any public officer
takes charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation; or 

(d)    the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a
successor trustee. Within one year after the successor trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor trustee to replace the successor trustee appointed by the Issuer. 

If a successor trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, such retiring Trustee (at the
expense of the Issuer), the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10.0% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee. 

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.9, such
Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor trustee. 
 A
successor trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor trustee shall have all the
rights, powers and the duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to the Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee;
provided that all sums owing to such Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.6. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.7, the Issuer’s and the
Guarantors’ obligations under Section 
7.6 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 Section 7.8.    
Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc. If the Trustee or any Agent consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business (including this transaction) to, another corporation, the successor
corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee or any Agent, as applicable. 

Section 7.9.    Eligibility; Disqualification. There shall at all times be a
Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers and that is subject to supervision or

  
 89 

Table of Contents

 
examination by federal or state authorities. Such Trustee (or its parent) together with its affiliates shall at all times have a combined capital surplus of at least $50.0 million as set
forth in its most recent annual report of condition. 
 Section 7.10.    
Appointment of Authenticating Agent. 
 (a)    At any time when any of the Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee
may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents with respect to the Notes which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate the Notes and the Trustee shall give written notice of such appointment to all Holders of Notes, in the
manner provided for in Section 12.2. Notes so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Any such appointment shall be
evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by the Trustee, and a copy of such instrument shall be promptly furnished to the Issuer. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Notes by the Trustee or the
Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an
Authenticating Agent. 
 (b)    Each Authenticating Agent shall be reasonably acceptable to the Issuer and shall at all
times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of at
least $50.0 million and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority. If such corporation publishes or files reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining
authority, then for the purposes of this Section 7.10, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published or filed. If at
any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section 7.10. 

(c)    Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated,
or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall
continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent. 

(d)    An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Issuer.
The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Issuer. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any
time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Issuer and shall give written notice of such
appointment to all Holders of Notes, in the manner provided for in Section 12.2. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor
hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section. 

(e)    The Issuer agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services
under this Section. 

  
 90 

Table of Contents

 ARTICLE VIII 

DEFEASANCE; DISCHARGE OF THIS INDENTURE 

Section 8.1.     Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
The Issuer may, by delivery of an Officer’s Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.2 or Section 8.3 applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article VIII. 

Section 8.2.     Legal Defeasance. Upon the Issuer’s exercise under
Section 8.1 of the option applicable to this Section 8.2, the Issuer shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding
Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire
Obligations represented by the Notes and the Guarantees, which shall thereafter be deemed to be outstanding only for the purposes of Section 8.5 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have
satisfied all of its other Obligations under such Notes, Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on written demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute instruments acknowledging the same), and this Indenture shall cease to be
of further effect as to all such Notes and Guarantees, except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of
the principal of, and interest and premium, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust funds referred to in Section 8.4(1) (but not a Change of Control Payment or the payment pursuant to a Collateral Disposition Offer, Net
Proceeds Offer or Excess Cash Flow Offer); (b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Section 2.2, Section 2.3, Section 2.4, Section 2.7, Section 2.10, and Section 4.2; (c) the rights, powers,
trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, including without limitation thereunder, under Section 7.6, Section 8.5 and Section 8.7 and the obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in connection therewith; and (d) the
provisions of this Article VIII. 
 Subject to compliance with this Article VIII, the Issuer may exercise its option under this
Section 8.2 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.3. If the Issuer exercises the Legal Defeasance option, the Liens on the Collateral securing the Second Lien Secured Obligations will be released and the
Guarantees in effect at such time will automatically be released. 

Section 8.3.     Covenant Defeasance. Upon the Issuer’s exercise under
Section 8.1 above of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, the Issuer shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 below, be released from its obligations under Section 4.3, Section 4.5,
Section 4.7, Section 4.8, Section 4.9, Section 4.10, Section 4.11, Section 4.12, Section 4.13, Section 4.16, Section 4.17 and Section 5.1(a)(3) on and after the date the conditions set forth below
are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not outstanding for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof)
in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed outstanding for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance
means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or
indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or
Event of Default under Section 6.1, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. 

  
 91 

Table of Contents

 If the Issuer exercises the Covenant Defeasance option, the Liens on the Collateral in
respect of the Notes and the Guarantees will be released and the Guarantees in effect at such time will automatically be released. 
 
Section 8.4.     Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.2 or Section 8.3 to the outstanding Notes: 

(1)    the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, as trust funds, in trust solely for the
benefit of the Holders, U.S. legal tender, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient (without consideration of any reinvestment of interest) to pay the principal of and interest, if any, on the
outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be; 

(2)    in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that: 
 (A)    the Issuer
has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or 

(B)    since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, 

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the beneficial owners of the outstanding Notes
will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case
if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (3)    in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall
have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the beneficial owners of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes
as a result of the Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

(4)    no Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default
resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit (and any similar concurrent deposit relates to other Indebtedness) and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowings); 

(5)    the Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or
constitute a default under any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture and the agreements governing any other Indebtedness being defeased, discharged or replaced) to which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or
by which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is bound or, if such breach, violation or default would occur, such breach, violation or default is waived as of, and for all purposes, on and after, the date of such deposit; and 

(6)    the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that the conditions precedent provided for in clauses (1) through (5) of this Section 8.4 have been complied with; provided that the opinion with respect to the condition in clause (5) may be limited to a
review of instruments certified by an Officer as being the only material instruments of the Issuer. 

  
 92 

Table of Contents

 Section 8.5.     Deposited
Money and U.S. Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. Subject to Section 8.6, all U.S. legal tender and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other
qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.5, the “Deposit Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.4 or Section 8.8 in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust, shall not be invested, and
shall be applied by the Deposit Trustee in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or any Subsidiary acting as Paying Agent) as the Deposit
Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by
law. 
 The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Deposit Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash
or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 or Section 8.8 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge
which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
 Anything in this Article VIII to the contrary notwithstanding,
the Deposit Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the written request of the Issuer and be relieved of all liability with respect to any U.S. legal tender or non-callable U.S.
Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.4 or Section 8.8 which are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance or
satisfaction and discharge, as the case may be. 
 Section 8.6.     Repayment
to Issuer. Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such
principal and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its written request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an
unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof; and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease;
provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national
edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid
to the Issuer. 
 Section 8.7.     Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying
Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.2, Section 8.3 or Section 8.8, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority
enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to
Section 8.2, Section 8.3 or Section 8.8 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.2, Section 8.3 or Section 8.8, as the case may be;
provided, however, that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such
Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

  
 93 

Table of Contents

 Section 8.8.    Discharge.
This Indenture and the Security Documents will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect (except as to rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes which shall survive until all Notes have been canceled and the rights,
protections and immunities of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent) as to all outstanding Notes and security granted for the Notes and the Guarantees when either: 

(1)    all the Notes that have been authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes
which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from this trust), have been delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation; or 
 (2)    (A) all Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation otherwise
(i) have become due and payable, (ii) will become due and payable, or may be called for redemption, within one year or (iii) have been called for redemption pursuant to Section 3.7 and, in any case, the Issuer has irrevocably
deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, U.S. legal tender, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient (without consideration
of any reinvestment of interest) to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness (including all principal and accrued and unpaid interest, if any) on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (provided that if such redemption
is made as provided under Section 3.7(a), (x) the amount of cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, that must be irrevocably deposited will be determined using
an assumed Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of such deposit and (y) the depositor must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited additional money in trust on the redemption date as necessary to pay the Applicable Premium as
determined by such date) (any such amount, the “Applicable Premium Deficit”) (it being understood that any satisfaction and discharge shall be subject to the condition subsequent that such Applicable Premium Deficit is in fact paid);
provided that the Trustee shall have no liability whatsoever in the event that such Applicable Premium Deficit is not in fact paid after any satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and that any Applicable Premium Deficit will be set forth in an
Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit will be applied toward such redemption; 

(B)    the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable by it under this Indenture; and 

(C)    the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the
deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the date of redemption, as the case may be. 
 In addition, the Issuer
must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been complied with. Upon the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, all Liens on the
Collateral securing the Notes and all Guarantees then in effect will be automatically released (without the need for any action by any party), and the Trustee and Collateral Agent shall execute acknowledgements thereof upon the reasonable request of
the Issuer. 
 After the Notes are no longer outstanding, the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in Section 7.6,
Section 8.5 and Section 8.7 shall survive any discharge pursuant to this Section 8.8. 
 After such delivery or irrevocable
deposit and receipt of the Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, the Trustee, upon written request, shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture except for those
surviving obligations specified above. 

  
 94 

Table of Contents

 ARTICLE IX 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 

Section 9.1.    Without Consent of Holders of the Notes. 

(a)    Notwithstanding Section 9.2, without the consent of any Holders, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Collateral
Agent, at any time and from time to time, may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Guarantees, the Notes or any Security Document issued hereunder for any of the following purposes: 

(1)    to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency; 

(2)    to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 

(3)    to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders
and under the Security Documents in the case of a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s assets, or sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition or assignment in accordance
with Section 5.1, including the addition of any co-Issuer of the Notes; 

(4)    to (a) add any Guarantee or Guarantor or (b) effect the release of any Guarantor from any
of its obligations under its Guarantee or the provisions of this Indenture (to the extent in accordance with this Indenture); 

(5)    to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does
not materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder; 
 (6)    to add covenants or Events of Default
for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor; 

(7)    to make any change in order to maintain the transferability of the Notes pursuant to Rule 144A or
Regulations S or to institutional accredited investors; 
 (8)    to make any change to this Indenture
relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture; 
 (9)    to evidence and
provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee or a successor Collateral Agent; 

(10)    to conform the text of the Second Lien Documents to any provision of the “Description of the
Newco Secured Notes” contained in the Offering Memorandum, to the extent that such provision in such “Description of the Newco Secured Notes” was intended to be a substantially verbatim recitation of a provision of the Second Lien
Documents, as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer; 
 (11)    to provide for the
issuance of Additional Notes and related Guarantees (and the grant of security for such Additional Notes and Guarantees) in accordance with this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement; 

(12)    to make, complete or confirm any grant of Collateral permitted or required by this Indenture or any
of the Security Documents or any release, termination or discharge of Collateral that becomes effective as set forth in this Indenture or any of the Security Documents; 

  
 95 

Table of Contents

 (13)    to grant any Lien for the benefit of the holders
of any future Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness, Pari Passu First Lien Indebtedness or Junior Lien Indebtedness in accordance with and as permitted by the terms of this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement (and, with respect to
Junior Lien Indebtedness, any Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement); 
 (14)    to add additional secured
parties to the Intercreditor Agreement to the extent Liens securing obligations held by such parties are permitted under this Indenture; 

(15)    to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent for
the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes as additional security for the payment and performance of the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture, in any property, or assets, including any of which are
required to be mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated, or in which a security interest is required to be granted to the Trustee or the Collateral Agent in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or otherwise; or 

(16)    to provide for the succession of any parties to the Security Documents (and other amendments that
are administrative or ministerial in nature) and the Intercreditor Agreement in connection with an amendment, renewal, extension, substitution, refinancing, restructuring, replacement, supplementing or other modification from time to time of any
agreement in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and the relevant Security Documents. 

(b)    The Holders of the Notes shall be deemed to have consented for purposes of the Security Documents to any of the
following amendments, waivers and other modifications to the Security Documents: 
 (1)    (A) to add
other parties (or any authorized agent thereof or trustee therefor) holding Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness that are incurred in compliance with the Newco Credit Agreement and the Second Lien Documents and (B) to establish that the
Liens on any Collateral securing such Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness shall rank equally with the Liens on such Collateral securing the obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees; 

(2)    (A) to add other parties (or any authorized agent thereof or trustee therefor) holding Pari
Passu First Lien Indebtedness that is incurred in compliance with the Newco Credit Agreement and the Second Lien Documents and (B) to establish that the Liens on any Collateral securing such Pari Passu First Lien Indebtedness shall
rank equally with the Liens on such Collateral securing the ABL Obligations and senior to the Liens on such Collateral securing any obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, all on the terms provided for in the Intercreditor
Agreement in effect immediately prior to such amendment, all on the terms provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement in effect immediately prior to such amendment; 

(3)    to establish that the Liens on any Collateral securing any Indebtedness replacing the Newco Credit
Agreement permitted to be incurred under Section 4.9(b)(1) shall be senior to the Liens on such Collateral securing any obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, and that any obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and
the Guarantees shall continue to be secured on a second-priority basis on the Collateral; and 

(4)    upon any cancellation or termination of the Newco Credit Agreement without a replacement thereof, to
establish that the Collateral shall become priority Collateral with respect to the Notes. 

  
 96 

Table of Contents

 (c)    Any such additional party added pursuant to Section 9.1(b),
the First Lien Collateral Agent, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely upon an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness or Pari Passu First Lien Indebtedness, as the
case may be, was issued or borrowed in compliance with the Newco Credit Agreement and the Second Lien Documents, and no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection therewith. 

(d)    The Holders of the Notes shall be deemed to have consented for purposes of this Indenture and the Security
Documents to the execution and delivery by the Trustee and Collateral Agent of a Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement to the extent it is approved by the First Lien Collateral Agent or, if the Newco Credit Agreement has been replaced, any other agent
for the holders of First Lien Obligations. 
 (e)    After an amendment under this Indenture or the Security Documents
becomes effective, the Issuer shall deliver to Holders of the Notes a notice briefly describing such amendment. However, the failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment.
Disclosure of any such amendment in a filing made with the SEC shall constitute delivery to Holders of the Notes of such notice. 
 
Section 9.2.    With Consent of Holders of Notes. Except as provided below in this Section 9.2, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding, other than Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer and its Affiliates (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), the Issuer, the Guarantors, the
Trustee and the Collateral Agent may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Guarantees, the Notes or the Security Documents (subject to compliance with the Intercreditor Agreement), subject to Section 6.7, waive any existing Default or Event
of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees or the Security Documents (subject to compliance with the Intercreditor Agreement); provided, however, that no such amendment, supplement or
waiver shall, without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes): 

(1)    reduce, or change the maturity of, the principal of any Note; 

(2)    reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Note; 

(3)    reduce any premium payable upon redemption of the Notes or change the date on which any Notes are
subject to redemption (other than the notice provisions) or waive any payment with respect to the redemption of the Notes; provided, however, that solely for the avoidance of doubt, and without any other implication, any purchase or
repurchase of Notes (including pursuant to Section 4.10 and Section 4.13) shall not be deemed a redemption of the Notes; 

(4)    make any Note payable in money or currency other than that stated in the Notes; 

(5)    modify or change any provision of this Indenture or the related definitions to affect the ranking of
the Notes or any Guarantee in a manner that adversely affects the Holders; 
 (6)    reduce the
percentage of Holders necessary to consent to an amendment or waiver to this Indenture or the Notes; 

(7)    waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium or interest, if any,
on any Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders thereof as provided in this Indenture and a waiver of the Payment Default with respect to the Notes that resulted from such acceleration); 

  
 97 

Table of Contents

 (8)    modify the contractual rights of Holders to
receive payments of principal of, or premium or interest, if any, on the Notes on or after the due date therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on the Notes; provided, however, that solely for the avoidance of
doubt, and without any other implication, this provision is not impacted by changes or amendments to Section 4.10 and Section 4.13; 

(9)    release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Guarantee or this Indenture, except as
permitted by this Indenture; 
 (10)    modify or change the obligation of the Issuer to make and
consummate a Collateral Disposition Offer with respect to any Asset Sale of Collateral in accordance with the covenant in Section 4.10 after the obligation to make such a Collateral Disposition Offer has arisen; or 

(11)    make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions. 

In addition, without the consent of the Holders of at least
662⁄3% of the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or
exchange offer for, the Notes), no amendment, supplement or waiver may amend any of the Security Documents or this Indenture if such amendment, supplement or waiver has the effect of releasing all or substantially all of the Collateral from the
Liens of this Indenture or any Security Document or change or alter the priority of the security interests in the Collateral. 
 It shall
not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 

Section 9.3.    Revocation and Effect of Consents. Until an amendment,
supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note,
even if notation of the consent is not made on the Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment
becomes effective. When an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such amendment, supplement or waiver shall form a part of this Indenture for all
purposes, and it thereafter binds every Holder. The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for determining which Holders consent to such amendment, supplement or waiver. 

Section 9.4.    Notation on or Exchange of Notes. The Trustee may place an
appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. Failure
to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 
Section 9.5.    Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc. The Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture or other amendment authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the
amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee or Collateral Agent. 

  
 98 

Table of Contents

Section 9.6.    Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of
Counsel. In connection with any amendment, supplement, or waiver, in signing or refusing to sign any such amendment, supplement or waiver the Trustee and the Collateral Agent (as applicable) shall be entitled to receive (and, subject to
Section 7.1, shall be fully protected in relying upon) an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to such amendment, supplement or waiver have been satisfied, that such amendment,
supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and the Security Documents, as applicable, and, with respect to such Opinion of Counsel, that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the
parties thereto, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms. 
 ARTICLE X 

COLLATERAL 
 
Section 10.1.    The Collateral. 
 (a)    The Issuer and the Guarantors hereby
appoint UMB Bank, N.A. to act as Collateral Agent, and each Holder, by its acceptance of any Notes and the Guarantees thereof, irrevocably consents and agrees to such appointment. The Collateral Agent shall have the privileges, powers and immunities
as set forth in this Indenture and the Security Documents. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Indenture or the Security Documents, the duties of the Collateral Agent shall be ministerial and administrative in
nature, and the Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein and in the Security Documents to which the Collateral Agent is a party, nor shall the Collateral Agent have or be deemed to have
any trust or other fiduciary relationship with the Trustee, any Holder, the Issuer or any Guarantor, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Indenture or the Security
Documents or otherwise exist against the Collateral Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” in this Indenture with reference to the Collateral Agent is not intended to connote any
fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between
independent contracting parties. The due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the Guarantees thereof when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether on an interest payment date, at maturity,
by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, interest on the overdue principal of and interest (to the extent permitted by law), if any, on the Notes and the Guarantees thereof and performance of all other obligations under this Indenture,
including, without limitation, the obligations of the Issuer set forth in Section 7.6 and Section 8.5 herein, and the Notes and the Guarantees thereof and the Security Documents, shall be secured by second-priority Liens and security
interests on the Collateral (in each case subject to Permitted Liens), as and to the extent provided in the Security Documents, which the Issuer and the Guarantors, as the case may be, entered into on the Issue Date, including the Pledge and
Security Agreement substantially in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto and the Intercreditor Agreement substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto, and at such time, will be secured pursuant to the Security Documents hereafter
delivered as required or permitted by this Indenture and the Security Documents. The Collateral will also secure the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ Obligations under the Newco Credit Agreement, Pari Passu Second Lien Indebtedness and
Pari Passu First Lien Indebtedness as provided in the Intercreditor Agreements and any Junior Lien Indebtedness as provided under the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement. The Issuer and the Guarantors hereby agree that the Collateral Agent
shall hold the Collateral on behalf of and for the benefit of all of the Holders, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, in each case pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents, and the Collateral Agent and the Trustee are hereby directed and
authorized by the Holders to execute and deliver the Pledge and Security Agreement, including the exhibits thereto, the Intercreditor Agreement and the other Security Documents. 

  
 99 

Table of Contents

 (b)    Each Holder, by its acceptance of any Notes and the Guarantees
thereof, irrevocably consents and agrees to the terms of the Security Documents (including, without limitation, the provisions providing for foreclosure and release of Collateral) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in
accordance with their terms, agrees to the appointment of the Collateral Agent and authorizes and directs the Collateral Agent (i) to enter into the Security Documents (including, without limitation, the Intercreditor Agreement), whether
executed on or after the Issue Date, and perform its obligations and exercise its rights, powers and discretions under the Security Documents in accordance therewith, (ii) make the representations of the Holders set forth in the Security
Documents (including, without limitation, the Intercreditor Agreement), and (iii) bind the Holders on the terms as set forth in the Security Documents (including, without limitation, the Intercreditor Agreement). 

(c)    The Trustee, the Collateral Agent and each Holder, by accepting the Notes and the Guarantees thereof acknowledges
that, as more fully set forth in the Security Documents, the Collateral as now or hereafter constituted shall be held for the benefit of all the Holders, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee, and that the Lien of this Indenture and the Security
Documents in respect of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Holders is subject to and qualified and limited in all respects by the Security Documents and actions that may be taken thereunder. 

Section 10.2.    Maintenance of Collateral; Further Assurances. 

(a)    The Issuer and the Guarantors shall maintain the Collateral that is material to the conduct of their respective
businesses in good, safe and insurable operating order, condition and repair (ordinary wear and tear excepted). The Issuer and the Guarantors shall pay all applicable real estate and other taxes (except such as are contested in good faith and by
appropriate negotiations or proceedings), and maintain in full force and effect all material permits and insurance in amounts that insures against such losses and risks as are reasonable for the type and size of the business of the Issuer and the
Guarantors, except, in each case, where the failure to effect such payment or maintain such permits or insurance coverages is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders. 

(b)    To the extent required under this Indenture or any of the Security Documents, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall,
at their sole expense, execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all further actions that may be required under the Security Documents or
applicable law, or that the Collateral Agent or the Trustee may reasonably request, in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the security interests and Liens created or intended to be created by the Security
Documents in the Collateral. In addition, to the extent required under this Indenture or any of the Security Documents, from time to time, the Issuer and the Guarantors will reasonably promptly secure the obligations under this Indenture and
Security Documents by pledging or creating, or causing to be pledged or created, perfected security interests and Liens with respect to the Collateral to the extent required by the Security Documents. Such security interests and Liens will be
created under the Security Documents. The Issuer shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent all such instruments and documents to evidence compliance with this Section 10.2. The Issuer agrees to provide
evidence to the Trustee as to the perfection (to the extent required by the Security Documents) and priority status of each such security interest and Lien. 

Section 10.3.    After-Acquired Property. Subject to the provisions of the
Security Documents, upon the acquisition by any of the Issuer or the Guarantors after the Issue Date of any assets (other than Excluded Assets), including, but not limited to, any equipment or fixtures which constitute accretions, additions or
technological upgrades to the equipment or fixtures or any working capital assets that, in any such case, form part of the Collateral, the Issuer or such Guarantor shall execute and deliver (to the extent required by this Indenture and/or the
Security Documents) any information, documentation and financing 

  
 100 

Table of Contents

 
statements or other certificates as may be necessary to vest in the Collateral Agent a perfected security interest, with the priority required by this Indenture and the Security Documents,
subject only to Permitted Liens, in such after-acquired property and to have such after-acquired property added to the Collateral securing the Notes in the manner provided for in this Indenture or any of the Security Documents, and thereupon all
provisions of this Indenture and the Security Documents relating to the Collateral shall be deemed to relate to such after-acquired property to the same extent and with the same force and effect. 

Section 10.4.    Impairment of Security Interest. The Issuer shall not, and
the Issuer shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, (i) take or omit to take any action which would materially adversely affect or impair the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent and the Holders with respect to the Collateral
or (ii) grant any Person, or permit any Person to retain (other than the First Lien Collateral Agent and the Collateral Agent), any Liens on the Collateral (other than Liens not prohibited by this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees and the
Security Documents). The Issuer and each Guarantor will, at its sole cost and expense, execute and deliver all such agreements and instruments as are necessary, or as the Trustee or the Collateral Agent reasonably requests, to more fully or
accurately describe the assets and property intended to be Collateral or the obligations intended to be secured by the Security Documents. 

Section 10.5.    [Reserved]. 

Section 10.6.    Release of Liens on the Collateral. 

(a)    The Liens on the Collateral securing the Notes and the Guarantees, as applicable, will automatically and without
the need for any further action by any Person be released: 
 (1)    in whole, upon payment in full of
the principal of, accrued and unpaid interest and premium, if any, on the Notes; 
 (2)    in whole upon:

 (A)    a Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance as set forth in Article VIII hereof; or 

(B)    the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as set forth in Section 8.8; 

(3)    in part, as to any property constituting Collateral that (a) is sold, transferred or otherwise
disposed of by the Issuer or any Guarantor (other than to the Issuer or another Guarantor) in a transaction not prohibited by this Indenture or the Security Documents at the time of such sale, transfer or disposition or (b) is owned or at any
time acquired by a Guarantor that has been released from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, concurrently with the release of such Guarantee (including in connection with the designation of a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary);

 (4)    in whole or in part, as applicable, in accordance with the provisions in Article IX; 

(5)    in part, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Security Documents (including the
Intercreditor Agreement); 
 provided that, in the case of any release in whole pursuant to clauses (1), (2) and (4) above, all
amounts owing to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent under this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees and the Security Documents have been paid in full. 

  
 101 

Table of Contents

 (b)    To the extent a proposed release of Collateral is not automatic
and requires action by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, the Issuer and each Guarantor will furnish to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, prior to each proposed release of such Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents and this Indenture,
an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture and the Security Documents relating to such release have been complied with. 

(c)    Upon compliance by the Issuer or the Guarantors, as the case may be, with the conditions precedent set forth above,
the Trustee or the Collateral Agent shall promptly cause to be released and reconveyed (at the expense of the Issuer or the Guarantors) to the Issuer or the Guarantors, as the case may be, the released Collateral. 

Section 10.7.    Authorization of Actions to be Taken by the Trustee or the
Collateral Agent Under the Security Documents. 
 (a)    Subject to the provisions of the Security Documents, each
of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent may (but shall not be obligated to), in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Holders, on behalf of the Holders, take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to (1) enforce any
of its rights or any of the rights of the Holders under the Security Documents and (2) collect and receive any and all amounts payable in respect of the Collateral in respect of the obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors hereunder and
thereunder. Subject to the provisions of the Security Documents, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent shall have the power to institute and to maintain such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by
any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of the Security Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee or the Collateral Agent may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interest and the interests of the Holders
in the Collateral (including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if
the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the security interest hereunder or be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders or the Trustee). 

(b)    Except as otherwise expressly set forth in Section 4.4 of the Pledge and Security Agreement, neither the
Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be responsible for, nor do they make any representation regarding, the existence, genuineness or value of any of the Collateral or for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens in any of
the Collateral, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission to act on its part hereunder, for the validity or sufficiency of the Collateral or any agreement or assignment contained therein, for the validity of the
title of the Issuer to the Collateral, for insuring the Collateral or for the payment of taxes, charges, assessments or Liens upon the Collateral or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Collateral. Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent
shall have any responsibility for recording, filing, re-recording or re-filing any financing statement, continuation statement, document, instrument or other notice in
any public office at any time or times or to otherwise take any action to perfect or maintain the perfection of any security interest granted to it under the Security Documents or otherwise. 

(c)    Where any provision of this Indenture requires that additional property or assets be added to the Collateral and a
security interest with respect to such property or assets would not be created or perfected without preparation and execution of additional documentation, the Issuer and each Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee or the Collateral Agent the
following: 
 (1)    a request from the Issuer that such Collateral be added; 

(2)    the form of instrument adding such Collateral, which, based on the type and location of the property
subject thereto, shall be in substantially the form of the applicable Security 

  
 102 

Table of Contents

 
Documents entered into on the Issue Date, with such changes thereto as the Issuer shall consider appropriate, or in such other form as the Issuer shall deem proper; provided that any such changes
or such form are administratively satisfactory to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent; and 

(3)    such financing statements, if any, as the Issuer shall deem necessary to perfect the Collateral
Agent’s security interest in such Collateral. 
 (d)    The Trustee and the Collateral Agent, in giving any consent
or approval under the Security Documents or in executing any Security Documents, shall be entitled to receive, as a condition to such consent or approval or to executing such document in the case of a request to execute a Security Document, a
request of the Issuer and, in all cases, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that all conditions precedent specified in this Indenture with respect to the action or omission for which consent or approval is to be
given have been satisfied or that such action or omission for which consent or approval is not being given does not violate this Indenture, and the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall be fully protected in giving such consent or approval on the
basis of such Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel. 
 (e)    Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary
herein, whenever reference is made in this Indenture or any Security Document to any discretionary action by, consent, designation, specification, requirement or approval of, notice, request or other communication from, or other direction given or
action to be undertaken or to be (or not to be) suffered or omitted by the Collateral Agent or to any election, decision, opinion, acceptance, use of judgment, expression of satisfaction or other exercise of discretion, rights or remedies to be made
(or not to be made) by the Collateral Agent, it is understood that in all cases the Collateral Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any such action under this Indenture if it shall not have received such written instruction,
advice or concurrence of the Trustee (acting at the direction of the Holders and otherwise in accordance with this Indenture, Intercreditor Agreements and other Security Documents), and such indemnity from the Holders as it deems appropriate. This
provision is intended solely for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and its successors and permitted assigns and is not intended to and will not entitle the other parties hereto to any defense, claim or counterclaim, or confer any rights or
benefits on any party hereto. 
 Section 10.8.    Notes Collateral
Account. 
 (a)    The Trustee is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of the Holders distributed under,
and in accordance with, the Security Documents, and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders according to the provisions of this Indenture and the Security Documents. 

(b)    Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, the Issuer shall establish upon the first Asset Sale of Collateral, with
the Collateral Agent the Notes Collateral Account, which shall at all times hereafter until this Indenture shall have terminated, be maintained with, and under the control of, the Collateral Agent. Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, the Net
Available Proceeds from any Asset Sale of Collateral shall be deposited in such Notes Collateral Account pending distribution in accordance with Section 4.10(a) of this Indenture. 

Section 10.9.    Information Regarding Collateral. 

(a)    The Issuer shall furnish to the Collateral Agent, with respect to the Issuer or any Guarantor, promptly (and in any
event within no more than thirty days of such change) written notice of any change in such Person’s (i) legal name, (ii) jurisdiction of organization or formation, (iii) identity or corporate structure or (iv) legal
identification number. The Issuer and the Guarantors will agree not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made under the Uniform 

  
 103 

Table of Contents

 
Commercial Code and any other applicable laws that are required in the Security Documents in order for the Collateral to be made subject to the Lien of the Collateral Agent under the Security
Documents in the manner and to the extent required by this Indenture or any of the Security Documents and will take all necessary action so that the Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Indenture and/or the Security Documents is
perfected with the same priority as immediately prior to such change to the extent required by this Indenture and/or the Security Documents. The Issuer shall also promptly notify the Collateral Agent if any material portion of the Collateral is
damaged, destroyed or condemned. 
 (b)    Each year, when the Issuer delivers the annual report required pursuant to
Section 4.3, the Issuer shall deliver to each of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent a certificate of a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer setting forth the information required pursuant to the schedules required by this
Indenture and/or the Security Documents or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the date of the prior annual certification. 

Section 10.10.    Negative Pledge. The Issuer and each Guarantor shall not,
and the Issuer shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, further pledge the Collateral as security or otherwise, subject to Permitted Liens. 

Section 10.11.    Regarding the Collateral Agent 

(a)    The Collateral Agent is authorized and empowered to appoint one or more subagents or
co-collateral agents as it deems necessary or appropriate. 
 (b)    Except as
otherwise expressly set forth in Section [4.4] of the Pledge and Security Agreement, neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall have any obligation whatsoever to the Trustee or any of the Holders to assure that the Collateral exists or is
owned by any Grantor or is cared for, protected, or insured or has been encumbered, or that the Collateral Agent’s Liens have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected, maintained or enforced or are entitled to any
particular priority, or to determine whether all of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s property constituting collateral intended to be subject to the Lien and security interest of the Security Documents has been properly and completely listed
or delivered, as the case may be, or the genuineness, validity, marketability or sufficiency thereof or title thereto, or to exercise at all or in any particular manner or under any duty of care, disclosure, or fidelity, or to continue
exercising, any of the rights, authorities, and powers granted or available to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Indenture or any Security Document other than pursuant to the instructions of the Trustee or the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes or as otherwise provided in the Security Documents. 
 (c)    Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary contained in this Indenture or the Security Documents, in the event the Collateral Agent is entitled or required to commence an action to foreclose or otherwise exercise its remedies to acquire control or possession of the Collateral,
the Collateral Agent shall not be required to commence any such action or exercise any remedy or to inspect or conduct any studies of any property under the mortgages or take any such other action if the Collateral Agent has determined that the
Collateral Agent may incur personal liability as a result of the presence at, or release on or from, the Collateral or such property, of any hazardous substances. The Collateral Agent shall at any time be entitled to cease taking any action
described in this clause if it no longer reasonably deems any indemnity, security or undertaking from the Issuer or the Holders to be sufficient. 

(d)    The Collateral Agent shall not be liable for (i) any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in connection
with this Indenture and the Security Documents or instrument referred to herein or therein, except to the extent that any of the foregoing are found by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent
jurisdiction to have resulted from its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, and (ii) interest 

  
 104 

Table of Contents

 
on any money received by it except as the Collateral Agent may agree in writing with the Issuer (and money held in trust by the Collateral Agent shall be segregated from other funds except to the
extent required by law). 
 (e)    The Collateral Agent shall exercise reasonable care in the custody of any Collateral
in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent or bailee or any income thereon. The Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody of Collateral in its possession if the Collateral is
accorded treatment substantially equal to that which it accords similar property held for its own benefit and shall not be liable or responsible for any loss or diminution in value of any of the Collateral, including, without limitation, by reason
of the act or omission of any carrier, forwarding agency or other agent or bailee selected by the Collateral Agent in good faith. 

(f)    The parties hereto and the Holders hereby agree and acknowledge that neither the Collateral Agent nor the Trustee
shall assume, be responsible for or otherwise be obligated for any liabilities, claims, causes of action, suits, losses, allegations, requests, demands, penalties, fines, settlements, damages (including foreseeable and unforeseeable), judgments,
expenses and costs (including but not limited to, any remediation, corrective action, response, removal or remedial action, or investigation, operations and maintenance or monitoring costs, for personal injury or property damages, real or personal)
of any kind whatsoever, pursuant to any environmental law as a result of this Indenture, the Security Documents or any actions taken pursuant hereto or thereto. Further, the parties hereto and the Holders hereby agree and acknowledge that in the
exercise of its rights under this Indenture and the Security Documents, the Collateral Agent or the Trustee may hold or obtain indicia of ownership primarily to protect the security interest of the Collateral Agent or the Trustee in the Collateral
and that any such actions taken by the Collateral Agent or the Trustee shall not be construed as or otherwise constitute any participation in the management of such Collateral. In the event that the Collateral Agent or the Trustee is required to
acquire title to an asset for any reason, or take any managerial action of any kind in regard thereto, which in the Collateral Agent’s or the Trustee’s sole discretion may cause the Collateral Agent or the Trustee to be considered an
“owner or operator” under the provisions of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), 42 U.S.C. §9601, et seq., or otherwise cause the Collateral Agent or the Trustee to
incur liability under CERCLA or any other federal, state or local law, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee reserves the right, instead of taking such action, to either resign as the Collateral Agent or the Trustee or arrange for the transfer of the
title or control of the asset to a court-appointed receiver. Neither the Collateral Agent nor the Trustee shall be liable to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any other Person for any environmental claims or contribution actions under any federal, state
or local law, rule or regulation by reason of the Collateral Agent’s or the Trustee’s actions and conduct as authorized, empowered and directed hereunder or relating to the discharge, release or threatened release of hazardous materials
into the environment. If at any time it is necessary or advisable for property to be possessed, owned, operated or managed by any Person (including the Collateral Agent or the Trustee) other than the Issuer or the Guarantors, subject to the terms of
the Security Documents, a majority in interest of Holders shall direct the Collateral Agent or the Trustee to appoint an appropriately qualified Person (excluding the Collateral Agent or the Trustee) whom it shall designate to possess, own, operate
or manage, as the case may be, such property. 
 (g)    For the avoidance of doubt, the rights, privileges, protections,
immunities and benefits given to the Collateral Agent hereunder, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified prior to taking action, shall survive the satisfaction, discharge or termination of this Indenture or earlier termination,
resignation or removal of the Trustee, in such capacity, with respect to the holders of the Collateral or the Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations, as applicable, to the extent the Security Documents remain in force thereafter. 

  
 105 

Table of Contents

 ARTICLE XI 

GUARANTEES 
 
Section 11.1.    Guarantees. 
 (a)    For value received, each Guarantor, fully and
unconditionally, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor and each other Person which may become a Guarantor hereunder, guarantees the Notes and obligations of the Issuer hereunder and thereunder, and guarantees to each Holder of a Note
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee, that: (i) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Notes shall be paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption
or otherwise, together with interest on the overdue principal, if any, and interest on any overdue interest, if any, to the extent lawful, and all other Obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee under this Indenture or the Notes shall
be paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or of any such other obligations, the same shall be paid in full when due or
performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Each of the Guarantees shall be a guarantee of payment and not of collection. 

(b)    Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity,
regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any
action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. 

(c)    Each Guarantor hereby waives the benefits of diligence, presentment, demand for payment, filing of claims with a
court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer or any other Person, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall not be
discharged as to any Note or this Indenture except by complete performance of the obligations contained in such Note and this Indenture and such Guarantee. Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that, in the event of a Default in payment of principal
or premium, if any, or interest on any Note, whether at its Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise, legal proceedings may be instituted by the Trustee on behalf of, or by, the Holder of such Note, subject to the
terms and conditions set forth in this Indenture, directly against each of the Guarantors to enforce each such Guarantor’s Guarantee without first proceeding against the Issuer or any other Guarantor. Each Guarantor agrees that if, after the
occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee or any of the Holders are prevented by applicable law from exercising their respective rights to accelerate the maturity of the Notes, to collect interest on the Notes, or to
enforce or exercise any other right or remedy with respect to the Notes, such Guarantor shall pay to the Trustee for the account of the Holders, upon demand therefor, the amount that would otherwise have been due and payable had such rights and
remedies been permitted to be exercised by the Trustee or any of the Holders and any other amounts due and owing to the Trustee under this Indenture. 

(d)    If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer or any Guarantor, or any
custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Issuer or any Guarantor, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, the Guarantee of each of the Guarantors, to the extent theretofore discharged,
shall be reinstated in full force and effect. This paragraph shall remain effective notwithstanding any contrary action which may be taken by the Trustee or any Holder in reliance upon such amount required to be returned. This paragraph shall
survive the termination of this Indenture. 

  
 106 

Table of Contents

 (e)    Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between each Guarantor, on
the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article VI for the purposes of the Guarantee of such Guarantor, notwithstanding any stay,
injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article VI, such obligations (whether or not due and
payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each Guarantor for the purpose of the Guarantee of such Guarantor. 

(f)    Each Guarantor that makes a payment for distribution under its Guarantee is entitled upon payment in full of all
guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to seek contribution from each other Guarantor in a pro rata amount of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment in accordance with GAAP. 

Section 11.2.    Execution and Delivery of Guarantee. To evidence its
Guarantee set forth in Section 11.1, each Guarantor agrees that this Indenture or a supplemental indenture in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by an Officer of such Guarantor (or,
if an Officer is not available, by a board member or director) on behalf of such Guarantor by manual, electronic or facsimile signature. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.1 hereof shall remain in full force
and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes. In case the Officer, board member or director of such Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture or supplemental indenture, as applicable,
no longer holds such or any office at the time the Trustee authenticates any Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless. 
 The
delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 

Section 11.3.    Severability. In case any provision of any Guarantee shall
be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

Section 11.4.    Limitation of Guarantors’ Liability.
Each Guarantor and by its acceptance hereof each Holder confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of the Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform
Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law or the provisions of its local law relating to fraudulent transfer or conveyance. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and
the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee and the related security granted as Collateral therefor (other than a company that is a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer) shall be limited to
the maximum amount that will not, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor (including, without limitation, any guarantees under the Newco Credit Agreement) and after giving effect to any collections from,
rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or the related security granted as Collateral therefor, result in the obligations
of such Guarantor under its Guarantee or the related security granted as Collateral therefor constituting a fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent preference or fraudulent transfer or otherwise reviewable under applicable law. 

Section 11.5.    Releases. A Guarantor shall be automatically released from
its Obligations under its Guarantee and this Indenture (without the need for any action by any party) upon: 

(a)                 

  
 107 

Table of Contents

 (1)    any sale or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, if the sale or other disposition does
not violate Section 4.10 of this Indenture; 
 (2)    any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger,
consolidation or otherwise) of all or a portion of the Equity Interests of such Guarantor after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, which sale, exchange or transfer does not violate Section 4.10 of this
Indenture; 
 (3)    the proper Designation of such Guarantor by the Issuer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary
in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; 
 (4)    upon the release of an Obligation by such
Guarantor under the Newco Credit Agreement or such other Debt Facility that initially triggered such Guarantor’s obligations to incur such Guarantee if such Guarantor would not then otherwise be required to guarantee the Notes pursuant to this
Indenture; 
 (5)    if the Issuer exercises its Legal Defeasance option or its Covenant Defeasance
option pursuant to Section 8.2 or Section 8.3 or if its Obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with Section 8.8; or 

(6)    liquidation or dissolution of such Guarantor; provided no Default or Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing; and 
 (b)    the Issuer delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel to the effect that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to the release of such Guarantor’s Guarantee have been complied with. 

Upon the release of any Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested in order to
evidence the release of the Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee. 
 Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its
Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article XI. 

Section 11.6.    Benefits Acknowledged. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect
benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that its guarantee and waivers pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 

ARTICLE XII 

MISCELLANEOUS 
 
Section 12.1.    Concerning the Trust Indenture Act. The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, shall not be applicable to, and shall not govern, this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees. 

Section 12.2.    Notices. Any notice, request, direction, instruction or
communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopier or
overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the addresses set forth below: 

  
 108 

Table of Contents

 If to the Issuer or any Guarantor: 

Arita Energy, Inc. 
 3000 South
Business Highway 281 
 Alice, Texas 78332 

Fax No.: (361) 664-0599 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to: 

Latham & Watkins LLP 

811 Main Street, Suite 3700 

Houston, Texas 77002 
 Facsimile:
(713) 546-5401 
 Attention: Ryan J. Maierson 

If to the Trustee or the Collateral Agent: 

UMB Bank, N.A. 
 5555 San Felipe,
Suite 870 
 Houston, Texas 77056 

Attention: Corporate Trust / Mauri J. Cowen 

Email: Mauri.Cowen@umb.com 
 The
parties hereto, by written notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders and the Trustee or the Collateral Agent) shall be deemed to have been duly
given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five (5) Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to
the courier, if sent by overnight air courier promising next Business Day delivery. 
 Any notice or communication to a Holder and the
Trustee or the Collateral Agent shall be mailed by first class mail or by overnight air courier promising next Business Day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as long as the Notes are
Global Notes, notices to be given to the Holders shall be given to the Depositary, in accordance with its applicable policies as in effect from time to time. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect
its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. Any notice mailed or delivered to a Holder in the aforesaid manner shall be conclusively deemed to have been received by such Holder, whether or not such Holder actually receives such notice. 

In respect of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation to verify or confirm that the Person sending instructions,
directions, reports, notices or other communications or information by electronic transmission is, in fact, a Person authorized to give such instructions, directions, reports notices or other communications or information on behalf of the party
purporting to send such electronic transmission; and the Trustee shall not have any liability for any losses, liability, costs or expenses incurred or sustained by any party as a result of such reliance upon or compliance with such instructions,
directions, reports, notices or other communications or information. Each other party agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of electronic methods to submit instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or
indemnifications to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, notices, reports or other communications or information, and the risks of interception and misuse by third parties. 

  
 109 

Table of Contents

 If a notice or communication is delivered in the manner provided above within the time
prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except in the case of notices or communications given to the Trustee, which shall be effective only upon actual receipt. 

If the Issuer delivers a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent at the same time.

 In case, by reason of the suspension of or irregularities in regular mail service or by reason of any other cause, it shall be
impractical to mail notice of any event to Holders of Notes when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any manner of giving such notice as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee shall be
deemed to be sufficient giving of such notice for every purpose hereunder. 
 Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent
or waiver required or permitted under this Indenture shall be in the English language, except that any published notice may be in an official language of the country of publication. 

Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action
taken in reliance upon such waiver. 
 Section 12.3.     Certificate and
Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture (other than in connection with the issuance of the Initial Notes), the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee
upon request: 
 (a)    an Officer’s Certificate (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.4)
stating that, in the opinion of the signer, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and 

(b)    an Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.4) stating that, in the
opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 
 In case of any application or request as to
which the furnishing of other specified documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel need be furnished. 

Section 12.4.    Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each
certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than any certificate required by Section 4.4 or Section 10.9 hereof) shall include substantially: 

(a)    a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read and understands such covenant or condition;

 (b)    a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or
opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c)    a statement that, in the opinion of such Person,
he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 

  
 110 

Table of Contents

 (d)    a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person,
such condition or covenant has been satisfied. 
 In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an
opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one Person may certify or give an
opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other Persons as to other matters, and any one Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents. 

Any certificate or opinion of an Officer of the Issuer may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of,
or representations by, counsel, unless such Officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his or her certificate or opinion is based are
erroneous. Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an Officer or Officers of the Issuer stating that the information with respect to
such factual matters is in the possession of the Issuer, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous. 

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or
other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument. 

Section 12.5.    Rules by Trustee and Agents. The Trustee may make
reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. Each of the Agents may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 

Section 12.6.    No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and
Stockholders. No director, officer, employee, incorporator, partner, member or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any indebtedness, obligations or liabilities of the Issuer under the Notes or this
Indenture, of any Guarantor under its Guarantee or of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Intercreditor Agreement or the Security Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder
by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Guarantees. 

Section 12.7.    Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction. THE LAW OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES. Each of the parties to this Indenture each hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of
any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Notes, the Guarantees, this Indenture or the Security Documents, and all such parties
hereby irrevocably agree that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or federal court and hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent that they may legally do so, the defense of an
inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding. 

Section 12.8.    No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. This
Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan agreement or debt agreement of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan agreement or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this
Indenture. 

  
 111 

Table of Contents

Section 12.9.    Successors. All agreements of the Issuer and the Guarantors
in this Indenture and the Notes and the Guarantees, as applicable, shall bind their respective successors and assigns. All agreements of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent in this Indenture shall bind their respective successors and assigns. 

Section 12.10.    Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture or
in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

Section 12.11.    Execution in Counterparts. The parties may sign any
number of copies of this Indenture, including, at the request of the Issuer, by Docusign or other electronic means (provided the Trustee and Collateral Agent may conclusively rely upon any such signatures in performing its duties hereunder and shall
in no instance be liable for any loss or damages resulting from its reliance upon the same), and the words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to this
Indenture or any document to be signed in connection with this Indenture shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or
enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, and the parties hereto consent to conduct the transactions contemplated hereunder by electronic means.
Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF (or other electronic means) transmission shall constitute effective
execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF (or other electronic means) shall be deemed to be
their original signatures for all purposes. 
 Section 12.12.    Table of
Contents, Headings, Etc. The Table of Contents and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify
or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 Section 12.13.    Force
Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or any other Agent be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond
its control, including, without limitation, fire, riots, strikes, or stoppages for any reason, embargoes, governmental actions, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and
interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services, it being understood that the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and each of the Agents shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with
accepted practices in the U.S. banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 
 
Section 12.14.    Legal Holidays. If any scheduled payment date with respect to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, including, without limitation, any interest payment date,
redemption date, stated maturity or maturity date, falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Notes, the payment to be made on such payment date will be made on the next succeeding
Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on such payment date, and no additional interest will accrue solely as a result of such delayed payment. 

Section 12.15.    Benefit of the Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in
the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Registrar and their successors hereunder and the Holders of Notes, any benefit or any legal or equitable right,
remedy or claim under this Indenture. 
 [Signatures on following page] 

  
 112 

Table of Contents

 Dated as of [●], 2020. 

 

			
	COMPANY
	
	ARITA ENERGY, INC.

 
			
		
	By:  	 	      

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 
			
	
	GUARANTORS
	
	COMPLETE ENERGY SERVICES, INC.
	WARRIOR ENERGY SERVICES CORPORATION
	H.B. RENTALS, L.C.
	GUARD DRILLING MUD DISPOSAL, INC.
	SPN WELL SERVICES, INC.1
	FORBES ENERGY SERVICES LTD.
	FORBES ENERGY SERVICES LLC
	TX ENERGY SERVICES, LLC
	C.C. FORBES, LLC
	FORBES ENERGY INTERNATIONAL, LLC

 
			
		
	By:  	 	      

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
  

	1 	 To convert to an LLC prior to closing. 

  
 [Signature Page to the
Indenture] 

Table of Contents

 Dated as of [●], 2020. 

 

			
	UMB BANK, N.A., as Trustee and Collateral Agent
		
	By:    	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 [Signature Page to the Indenture] 

Table of Contents

 APPENDIX A 

PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL NOTES AND 

ADDITIONAL NOTES 
 Section 1.1
    Definitions. 
 (a) Capitalized Terms. 

Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Appendix A have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. The following capitalized terms
have the following meanings: 
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a
Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Global Note, Euroclear or Clearstream, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time. 

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency. 

“Distribution Compliance Period,” with respect to any Note, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and
including the later of (a) the day on which such Note is first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S, notice of which day shall be promptly given by the Issuer to the Trustee,
and (b) the date of issuance with respect to such Note or any predecessor of such Note. 
 “Euroclear” means Euroclear
Bank S.A./N.Y., as operator of Euroclear Clearance System or any successor securities clearing agency. 
 “IAI” means an
institution that is an “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and is not a QIB. 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act (including any successor provision thereto), as it may
be amended from time to time. 
 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (including any successor
provision thereto), as it may be amended from time to time. 
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities
Act (including any successor provision thereto), as it may be amended from time to time. 
 “Transfer Restricted Notes”
means Notes that bear or are required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Global Note” means any Note in
global form that does not bear or is not required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 “U.S. person” means a
“U.S. person” as defined in Regulation S. 
 (b) Other Definitions. 

Table of Contents

			
	 Term:
	  	Defined in
Section:
	 “Agent Member”
	  	2.1(c)
	 “Definitive Notes Legend”
	  	2.2(e)
	 “ERISA Legend”
	  	2.2(e)
	 “Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Global Notes Legend”
	  	2.2(e)
	 “IAI Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Regulation S Notes”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Restricted Notes Legend”
	  	2.2(e)
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Rule 144A Notes”
	  	2.1(a)

 Section 2.1 Form and Dating 

(a) The Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of
the Notes represented thereby with the Custodian, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as provided herein. The Initial Notes issued on the date
hereof shall be (i) offered and sold by the Issuer to the initial purchasers thereof and (ii) resold, initially, only to (1) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A (“Rule 144A Notes”) and (2) Persons other than U.S.
persons in reliance on Regulation S (“Regulation S Notes”). Additional Notes may also be considered to be Rule 144A Notes or Regulation S Notes, as applicable. 

(b) Global Notes. Rule 144A Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent Global Notes in definitive, fully
registered form, numbered 144A-001 upward (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”) and Regulation S Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global
Notes, numbered S-001 upward (collectively, the “Regulation S Global Note”), in each case without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend and the Restricted Notes Legend, which
shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Custodian, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee (or an
Authenticating Agent appointed by the Trustee in accordance with the Indenture) as provided in the Indenture. One or more Global Notes in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend and the
Restricted Notes Legend, numbered IAI-001 upward (collectively, the “IAI Global Note”) shall also be issued on the Issue Date, deposited with the Custodian, and registered in the name of the
Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee (or an Authenticating Agent appointed by the Trustee in accordance with the Indenture) as provided in the Indenture to accommodate transfers of
beneficial interests in the Notes to IAIs subsequent to the initial distribution. The Rule 144A Global Note, the IAI Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note and any Unrestricted Global Note are each referred to herein as a
“Global Note” and are collectively referred to herein as “Global Notes.” Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the
Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may
from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented
thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.6 of the Indenture and Section 2.2(c) of this Appendix A. 

  
 2 

Table of Contents

 (c) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(c) shall apply only to a Global Note
deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary. 
 The Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this
Section 2.1(c) and Section 2.02 of the Indenture and pursuant to an order of the Issuer signed by one Officer of the Issuer, authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes that (i) shall be registered in the name of the
Depositary for such Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depositary and (ii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depositary or pursuant to such Depositary’s instructions or held by the Trustee as Custodian. 

Members of, or participants and current holders in, the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream (“Agent Members”) shall have no
rights under the Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as Custodian or any other custodian of the Depositary or under such Global Note, and the Depositary or its nominee may be treated by
the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer, the Guarantors or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Subject to any provisions contained in the Indenture, the registered Holder of a Global Note
may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members, to take any action that a Holder is entitled to take under the Indenture or the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the
Guarantors, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer, the Guarantors or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members,
the operation of customary practices of such Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. 

(d) Definitive Notes. Except as provided in Section 2.2 or Section 2.3 of this Appendix A, owners of beneficial interests in
Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Definitive Notes. 
 Section 2.2 Transfer and Exchange. 

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. When Definitive Notes are presented to the Registrar with a
request: 
 (i) to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or 

(ii) to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of other authorized
denominations, 
 the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met;
provided, however, that the Definitive Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange: 
 (1) shall be duly
endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and 

(2) in the case of Transfer Restricted Notes, must be transferred or exchanged pursuant to an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to Section 2.2(b) of this 

  
 3 

Table of Contents

 
Appendix A or otherwise in accordance with the Restricted Notes Legend, and be accompanied by a certification from the transferor in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in
Exhibit A for exchange or registration of transfers and, as applicable, delivery of such legal opinions, certifications and other information as may be requested pursuant thereto. 

(b) Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Note. A Definitive Note may not be
exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably
satisfactory to the Issuer and the Registrar, together with: 
 (i) a certification from the transferor in the form
provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A for exchange or registration of transfers and, as applicable, delivery of such legal opinions, certifications and other information as may be requested pursuant thereto; and 

(ii) written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books
and records with respect to such Global Note to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the Global Note, such instructions to contain information regarding the Depositary account to be credited with such
increase, 
 the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and
procedures existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Global Note to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Note to be exchanged and shall credit or cause
to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Note equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Note so canceled. If the applicable Global Note is not then outstanding, the Issuer
shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon an Authentication Order, a new applicable Global Note in the appropriate principal amount. 

(c) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. 

(i) The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance
with the Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2.2(d) of this Appendix A, if any) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the
Registrar a written order given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in such Global Note, or another Global Note, and
such account shall be credited in accordance with such order with a beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note and the account of the Person making the transfer shall be debited by an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Note
being transferred. 
 (ii) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest
in another Global Note, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest
to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being transferred. 

(iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix A (other than the provisions set forth in Section 2.3 of this Appendix
A), a Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole and not in part if the transfer is by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the
Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. 

  
 4 

Table of Contents

 (d) Restrictions on Transfer of Global Notes; Voluntary Exchange of Interests in Transfer
Restricted Global Notes for Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. 
 (i) Transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A
Global Note or an IAI Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through another Transfer Restricted Global Note shall be made in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and the Restricted Notes Legend and only upon receipt by
the Trustee of a certification from the transferor in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A for exchange or registration of transfers and, as applicable, delivery of such legal opinions, certifications and other
information as may be requested pursuant thereto. In addition, in the case of a transfer of a beneficial interest in either a Regulation S Global Note or a Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in an IAI Global Note, the transferee must
furnish a signed letter substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Trustee. 
 (ii) During the Distribution Compliance Period,
beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be sold, pledged or transferred through Euroclear or Clearstream in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, the Restricted Notes Legend on such Regulation S Global Note and
any applicable securities laws of any state of the U.S. Prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest
through a Rule 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note shall be made only in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and the Restricted Notes Legend and upon receipt by the Trustee of a written certification from the transferor of the
beneficial interest in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A for exchange or registration of transfers. Such written certification shall no longer be required after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance
Period. Upon the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note shall be transferable in accordance with applicable law and the other terms of the Indenture. 

(iii) Upon the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may be exchanged
for beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note upon certification in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A for an exchange from a Regulation S Global Note to an Unrestricted Global Note. 

(iv) Beneficial interests in a Transfer Restricted Note that is a Rule 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note may be exchanged for beneficial
interests in an Unrestricted Global Note if the Holder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange is in respect of a transfer made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse
side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A) and/or upon delivery of such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuer or the Trustee may reasonably request. 

(v) If no Unrestricted Global Note is outstanding at the time of a transfer contemplated by the preceding clauses (iii) and (iv), the
Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon an Authentication Order, a new Unrestricted Global Note in the appropriate principal amount. 

(e) Legends. 

(i) Except as permitted by Section 2.2(d) and this Section 2.2(e) of this Appendix A, each Note certificate evidencing the
Global Notes and the Definitive Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (each defined term in the legend being defined as such for purposes of the legend
only) (“Restricted Notes Legend”): 

  
 5 

Table of Contents

 THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES
ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF
SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED
SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES AND IAI NOTES: SIX MONTHS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL
ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY)] [IN THE CASE OF
REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS
OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S], ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE
144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO
NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE
501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE
EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF
COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: BY ITS ACQUISITION
HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.] 

Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend (“Definitive Notes Legend”): 

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH REGISTRAR AND
TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 

  
 6 

Table of Contents

 Each Global Note shall bear the following additional legend (“Global Notes Legend”): 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”),
NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC
(AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE
REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE
AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 

Each Note shall bear the following additional legend (“ERISA Legend”): 

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER
(1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF (A) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED
(“ERISA”), (B) A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER U.S. OR NON-U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR (C) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO
INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT DESCRIBED IN CLAUSE (A) OR (B), PURSUANT TO ERISA OR OTHERWISE, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN) WILL NOT
CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS. 

(ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note that is a Definitive Note, the Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof to
exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a Definitive Note that does not bear the Restricted Notes Legend and the Definitive Notes Legend and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note if the Holder certifies in
writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange is in respect of a transfer made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A) and provides such
legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuer or the Trustee may reasonably request. 
 (v) Any Additional Notes
sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 

  
 7 

Table of Contents

 (f) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial
interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by the Depositary to the Trustee for
cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed,
repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Registrar (if it is then the Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such
Global Note, by the Registrar or the Custodian, to reflect such reduction. 
 (g) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and
Exchanges of Notes. 
 (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate, Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request. 
 (ii) No service charge shall be imposed in connection
with any registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes (other than pursuant to Section 2.7 of the Indenture), but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any documentary, stamp, similar issue or transfer tax or similar
governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such documentary, stamp, similar issue or transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.6, 3.8, 4.10, 4.13, and 9.4
of the Indenture). 
 (iii) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying
Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on such Note and for all other purposes
whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

(iv) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of the Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be
entitled to the same benefits under the Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
 (v) In order to effect
any transfer or exchange of an interest in any Transfer Restricted Note for an interest in a Note that does not bear the Restricted Notes Legend and has not been registered under the Securities Act, if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable
Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel, in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that no registration under the Securities Act is required in respect of such exchange or transfer or the
re-sale of such interest by the beneficial holder thereof, shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar and the Trustee. 

(h) No Obligation of the Trustee. 

(i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the
Depositary or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any
participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to
be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any
Global Note shall be exercised only through the 

  
 8 

Table of Contents

 
Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect
to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 
 (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or
inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under the Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or
beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of the Indenture, and to examine
the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.  
 Section 2.3 Definitive Notes.

 (a) A Global Note deposited with the Depositary or with the Trustee as Custodian pursuant to Section 2.1 may be transferred to
the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with Section 2.2 of this Appendix
A and (i) the Depositary notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a Depositary for such Global Note or at any time the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and, in each
case, a successor depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days of such notice or after the Issuer becomes aware of such cessation, or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a
request from the Depositary. In addition, any Affiliate of the Issuer or any Guarantor that is a beneficial owner of all or part of a Global Note may have such Affiliate’s beneficial interest transferred to such Affiliate in the form of a
Definitive Note by providing a written request to the Issuer and the Trustee and such Opinions of Counsel, certificates or other information as may be required by the Indenture or the Issuer or Trustee. 

(b) Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be surrendered by the
Depositary to the Trustee, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of
Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess
thereof and registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct. Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.2(e) of this
Appendix A, bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 (c) The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize
any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under the Indenture or the Notes. 

(d) In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 2.3(a) of this Appendix A, the Issuer shall promptly
make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in fully registered form without interest coupons. 

  
 9 

Table of Contents

 EXHIBIT A 

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE] 
 [Insert the Restricted
Notes Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
 [Insert the Global Notes Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of
the Indenture] 
 [Insert the Definitive Notes Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 

[Insert the ERISA Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture.] 

  
 A-1 

Table of Contents

 CUSIP
[                ] 
 ISIN
[                ]2 

[RULE 144A][REGULATION S][IAI][GLOBAL] NOTE 

9.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2025 

No. [144A-        ]
[S-        ] [IAI-        ]
[U-        ]
                                         
           [Up to]3 [$            ] 

ARITA ENERGY, INC. 
 promises to
pay to [CEDE & CO.]4
[                            ] or registered assigns the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of
Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto]5 [$            
(                     Dollars)]6 on February 1, 2025. 

Interest Payment Dates: February 1 and August 1 

Record Dates: January 15 and July 15 

 

	2 	 Rule 144A Note CUSIP: [●] 
 

	 	 Rule 144A Note ISIN: [●] 

	 
	 Regulation S Note CUSIP: [●] 

	
 	 Regulation S Note ISIN: [●]
 

	 	 IAI Note CUSIP: [●] 

	
 	 IAI Note ISIN: [●] 

	3 	 Include in Global Notes 

	4 	 Include in Global Notes 

	5 	 Include in Global Notes 

	6 	 Include in Definitive Notes 

Table of Contents

 IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

Dated: 
  

			
	ARTIA ENERGY, INC.
		
	By: 	 	      

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 A-2 

Table of Contents

 CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture: 

 

			
	UMB BANK, N.A. as Trustee
		
	By: 	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

 Dated: 

  
 A-3 

Table of Contents

 [Reverse Side of Note] 

9.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2025 

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 

1.    INTEREST. Arita Energy, Inc. (f/k/a Spieth Newco, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”),
promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 9.750% per annum until but excluding maturity. The Issuer shall pay interest semi-annually in arrears on February 1 and August 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a
Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including
[[•], 2020]; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be [August 1, 2020]. The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal and interest, if any, at the applicable interest rate on the Notes. Interest shall be computed on
the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 

2.    METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at
the close of business on the January 15 or July 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding the related Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such
Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such
purpose or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest and premium, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their respective addresses set forth in the Note Register; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately
available funds shall be required with respect to principal, premium, if any, and interest on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent at least five
Business Days prior to the applicable payment date. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 

3.    PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, UMB Bank, N.A., the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent
and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 

4.    INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of [•], 2020 (as amended or supplemented
from time to time, the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantors named therein, the Trustee, and UMB Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its 9.750%
Senior Secured Notes due 2025. The Issuer shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Sections 2.1, 4.9 and 4.12 of the Indenture. The Notes and any Additional Notes issued under the Indenture shall be treated as a single class of
securities under the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms. Any term used in this Note that is
defined in the Indenture shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Indenture. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 

5.    SECURITY. The Notes and the Guarantees will be secured by second-priority Liens and security interests on the
Collateral subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the Security Documents. The Collateral Agent will hold the Collateral in trust for the benefit of the 

  
 A-4 

Table of Contents

 
Trustee and the Holders, in each case pursuant to the Security Documents. Each Holder by accepting this Note consents and agrees to the terms of the Security Documents as the same may be in
effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and the Indenture and authorizes and directs the Collateral Agent to enter into the Security Documents and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in
accordance therewith. 
 6.    REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE. The Notes are subject to optional redemption, and may be the
subject of a Collateral Disposition Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Indenture or a Change of Control Offer pursuant to Section 4.13 of the Indenture, as further described in the Indenture. The Issuer shall not
be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes, other than one or more Excess Cash Flow Offers pursuant to Section 4.14 of the Indenture. 

7.    DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar, the Trustee and the Issuer may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish
appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and Holders shall be required to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected
for redemption or tendered for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer, a Collateral Disposition Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed or repurchased in part. 

8.    PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 

9.    AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Guarantees, the Notes or the Security Documents may be amended
or supplemented as provided in the Indenture. 
 10.    DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the
Notes are defined in Section 6.1 of the Indenture. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the rights and obligations of the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders shall be as set forth in the applicable provisions of the
Indenture. 
 11.    AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or
obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual, electronic or facsimile signature of the Trustee. 

12.    GOVERNING LAW. THIS NOTE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 13.    CUSIP AND ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security
Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of
such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

The Issuer shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to the Issuer at
the following address: 

  
 A-5 

Table of Contents

 c/o Arita Energy, Inc. 

3000 South Business Highway 281 

Alice, Texas 78332 
 Fax No.: (361) 664-0599 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

  
 A-6 

Table of Contents

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  

			
	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:	 	  

		 	(Insert assignee’s legal name)

	
	 
	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
	 
	 
	 
	 
	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

			
	and irrevocably appoint	 	 

	
	to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

  

									
	Date:	 	 	 		  		 	
					
		 		 		  	Your Signature:	 	  

		 		 		  		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on
		 		 		  		 	the face of this Note)

  

			
	Signature Guarantee*:	 	  

  

	*	 Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to
the Trustee). 

  
 A-7 

Table of Contents

 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR 

REGISTRATION OF TRANSFERS OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES 

This certificate relates to $             principal amount of Notes held in (check
applicable space)              book-entry or              definitive form by the undersigned. 

The undersigned (check one box below): 
  

	☐	 has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in a Global Note
held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above) in accordance with the
Indenture; or 

  

	☐	 has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

 In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate, the undersigned confirms that such
Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms: 
 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW 

 

					
			
	 (1)        
	 	☐        	  	to the Issuer or subsidiary thereof; or
			
	 (2)
	 	☐	  	to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or
			
	 (3)
	 	☐	  	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); or
			
	 (4)
	 	☐	  	to a Person that the undersigned reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”)) that purchases for its own account or for
the account of a qualified institutional buyer and to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A; or
			
	 (5)
	 	☐	  	pursuant to offers and sales to non-U.S. persons that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act (and if the transfer is being made prior to
the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, the Notes shall be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream); or
			
	 (6)
	 	☐	  	to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and
agreements; or
			
	 (7)
	 	☐	  	pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or
			
	 (8)
	 	☐	  	pursuant to another available exemption from registration under the Securities Act.

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by
this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, 

  
 A-8 

Table of Contents

 
however, that if box (5), (6), (7) or (8) is checked, the Issuer or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions,
certifications and other information as the Issuer or the Trustee has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of, the
Securities Act. 
  

							
		 		 		 	  

		 		 		 	Your Signature
				
	Date:	 	  
	 	                                      
                  	 	  

		 		 		 	Signature of Signature 
Guarantor

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises
sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it
has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s
foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

							
	Dated:	 	  
	 		 	  

		 		 	                                      
                  	 	 NOTICE:  To be executed by

                  an executive officer

Name:
 Title:

 Signature Guarantee*:
                                         
                                    

 

	*	 Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to
the Trustee). 

  
 A-9 

Table of Contents

 TO BE COMPLETED IF THE HOLDER REQUIRES AN EXCHANGE FROM A 

REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE TO AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE, 

PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.2(d)(iii) OF APPENDIX A TO THE INDENTURE7 

The undersigned represents and warrants that either: 
  

	☐	 the undersigned is not a dealer (as defined in the Securities Act) and is a
non-U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act); or 

  

	☐	 the undersigned is not a dealer (as defined in the Securities Act) and is a U.S. person (within the meaning of
Regulation S under the Securities Act) who purchased interests in the Notes pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements under the Securities Act; or 

 

	☐	 the undersigned is a dealer (as defined in the Securities Act) and the interest of the undersigned in this Note
does not constitute the whole or a part of an unsold allotment to or subscription by such dealer for the Notes. 

  

							
	Dated:	 	  
	 		  	  

		 		 		  	Your Signature

  
  

	7 	 Include only for Regulation S Global Notes. 

  
 A-10 

Table of Contents

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10, Section 4.13 or Section 4.14 of the
Indenture, check the appropriate box below: 
 [    ] Section 4.10
            [    ] Section 4.13             [    ] Section 4.14 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10, Section 4.13 or
Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
  

			
	$                	 	 (integral multiples of $1,000, 

provided that the unpurchased
 portion must be in a
minimum
 principal amount of $2,000)

 Date:
                                        

  

			
	Your Signature:	 	 
		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 
			
	Tax Identification No.:	 	 

 Signature Guarantee*:
                                         
        
  

	*	 Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to
the Trustee). 

  
 A-11 

Table of Contents

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE* 

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $            . The following
exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 

 

																	
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of decrease
in Principal
Amount of this
Global Note	 	  	Amount of
increase
in Principal
Amount of
this
Global
Note	 	  	Principal
Amount of
this
Global
Note
following
such
decrease
or increase	 	  	Signature of
authorized signatory
of Trustee,
Depositary or
Custodian	 
		  				  				  				  			
		  				  				  				  			
		  				  				  				  			
		  				  				  				  			
		  				  				  				  			

  

	*	 This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  
 A-12 

Table of Contents

         EXHIBIT B 

FORM OF 
 TRANSFEREE LETTER OF
REPRESENTATION FOR TRANSFERS TO IAIS 
 Arita Energy, Inc. 

3000 South Business Highway 281 
 Alice, Texas 78332 

Fax No.: (361) 664-0599 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[        ] principal amount of the 9.750%
Senior Secured Notes due 2025 (the “Notes”) of Artia Energy, Inc. (f/k/a Spieth Newco, Inc.) (the “Company”). 

Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows: 

 

					
	Name:	 	                               
                         	  	

 
					
			
	Address:	 	                               
                     	  	

 
					
			
	Taxpayer ID Number:	 	                               
	  	

 The undersigned represents and warrants to you that: 

1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes,
for investment purposes and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the
merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its
investment. 
 2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold
except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is one year after the later of
the date of original issue and the last date on which the Issuer or any affiliate of the Issuer was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only in accordance with the
Restricted Notes Legend (as such term is defined in the indenture under which the Notes were issued) on the Notes and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to
the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) of the Restricted Notes Legend prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a
letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Issuer and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of
Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for 

Table of Contents

 
distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Issuer and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale
Restriction Termination Date of the Notes with respect to applicable transfers described in the Restricted Notes Legend to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Issuer and the
Trustee. 
  

	
	TRANSFEREE:
                                    ,
	
	by:
                                         
                 

  

  
 A-2 

Table of Contents

 EXHIBIT C 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO
BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS 
 Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
[                    ] [    ], 20[    ], among
                 (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Arita Energy, Inc. (f/k/a Spieth Newco, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the
“Company”), UMB Bank, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”) and UMB Bank, N.A., as notes collateral agent (the “Collateral Agent”). 

W I T N E S S E T H 
 WHEREAS,
each of the Issuer and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of [●], 2020, providing for the issuance of an
unlimited aggregate principal amount of 9.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2025 (the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, the Indenture
provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally Guarantee all of the Issuer’s
Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture; and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant
to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged,
the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows: 

1.    Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them
in the Indenture. 
 2.    Guarantor. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to be a Guarantor under the
Indenture and to be bound by the terms of the Indenture applicable to Guarantors, including Article XI thereof. 

3.    Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF
THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 4.    Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS
CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. 
 5.    Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this
Supplemental Indenture, including, at the request of the Issuer, by Docusign or other electronic means (provided the Trustee and Collateral Agent may conclusively rely upon any such signatures in performing its duties hereunder and shall in no
instance be liable for any loss or damages resulting from its reliance upon the same), and the words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to this Supplemental
Indenture or any document to be signed in connection with this Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect,
validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, and the parties hereto consent to conduct the transactions contemplated hereunder by
electronic means. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF (or other electronic means) transmission
shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or
PDF (or other electronic means) shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 

6.    Headings. The headings of the Sections of this Supplemental Indenture have been inserted for convenience of
reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Supplemental Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

Table of Contents

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed, all as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	[NAME OF GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]

 
			
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

			
	UMB BANK, N.A., as Trustee and Collateral Agent

 
			
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 A-2 

Table of Contents

 EXHIBIT D 

FORM OF PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT 

[To be Separately Provided] 

Table of Contents

 EXHIBIT E 

FORM OF INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT 

[To be Separately Provided] 

  
 A-2

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00307-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00307-of-00352.parquet"}]]